Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 68

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

CHANGES
A Rev. D A

DONE ­ aanpassen C816 om ook een andere type display erop te kunnen aansluiten.
DONE ­ sensor achterlader dicht rechts toevoegen;
DONE ­ joystick igv van kantelarm GAC;
DONE ­ sensor sign. kantelarm toevoegen;
DONE ­ keuzeschakelaar GCB/ETB toevoegen;
DONE ­ sensor interlock toevoegen;
DONE ­ noodstop signaal ook door de special connectors;
DONE ­ connector C848 standaard toevoegen in harness (pag 4);
DONE ­ pag 3, splice coax kabel kan vervallen, alleen de shield wordt gespliced;
DONE ­ kabel voor airlock optekenen;
B B
DONE ­ aansluiting handwash unit toevoegen; voeding C1 pin 20
DONE ­ C1 pin 21 was auto/neutral, nu is het GND....kan dit wel? vlg Erwin wel
DONE ­ Inputs under run protection moved to safety inputs!
DONE ­ device designation, right side same numbers as left side;
DONE ­ front body paneel variant zonder cleaning cycle knop maken;
DONE ­ dual controls GEC to be added as standard option;
DONE ­ I/O modules genummerd volgens software;

C C

D D

E E

(5026285)

Circuit diagram lighting 5013795
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 Name Date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu
K. de Jong
30­1­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Rev. Change note Drawn Date Approve GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from
D 150910­1 IBra K. de Jong
High level assignment Page Format item number Drawing number Revision
Descr. Update electrics for GAC 2510 and also safety update.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

contents
A Sheet Description 1 Description 2 date editor Document type A

1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split 30­1­2014 I. Bradeanu 01­Cover sheet


2 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Table of contents 16­11­2015 nleoicaz01 02­Content table
2_1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Table of contents 16­11­2015 nleoicaz01 02­Content table
3 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split chassis functions 28­1­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
4 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split emergency stop; rescue function; door 30­1­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
5 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split main block hydraulic valves 11­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
6 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split push out plate control 13­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
B
7 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split tailgate control & position 30­1­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram B

8 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split body options; spare connectors 30­1­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram


9 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split footboards 13­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
10 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Compaction mechanisme 13­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
11 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Safety guard 14­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
12 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split coupling lifting frames 13­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
13 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split lifting frames control/position 14­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
14 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split bin rim lock; pick up safety 18­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
C
C
15 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Guide flap control; buzzer control 18­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
16 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Cover guide, bin catch control, shaking 19­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
17 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split shaking, pick­up arms 19­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
18 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Underrun protection 19­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
19 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Diagnostic connector 19­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
20 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split CAN­bus #1 layout 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
21 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split CAN­bus #4 layout 10­12­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
22 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split CAN­bus #3 layout 4­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
D D
23 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Master I/O module 28­1­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
24 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split I/O module front body 10­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
25 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split I/O modules left side tailgate 6­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
26 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split I/O module tailgate roof 10­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
27 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split I/O modules right side tailgate 18­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
28 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split ACB/ETB functionality 26­11­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
29 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split support jacks GEC/GAC 26­11­2014 I. Bradeanu 03­Circuit diagram
E
41 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness display 20­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views E

41_1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Cables from display ­ pilot situation 1­10­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views


42 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness cab 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
70 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness chassis/cabin 21­5­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
nleoicaz01 16­11­2015
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Table of contents

Higher Level Assignment page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 OF  68 A3 ­ 5023682 ­
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

contents
A Sheet Description 1 Description 2 date editor Document type A

43 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views


43_1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
43_2 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
43_3 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
43_4 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 21­2­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
43_5 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 24­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
43_6 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body 3­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
B
44 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate 4­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views B

44a Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Position components on  tailgate 5­6­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views


44_1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate 11­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
44_2 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate 6­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
44_3 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate 6­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
44_4 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate 11­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
45 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness pneumatic module 24­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
46 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness end resistors CAN­bus (3x) 27­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
C
C
47 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness end resistors CAN­bus (2X) 7­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
50_1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness left side tailgate 24­9­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
50_2 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness left side tailgate 17­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
50_3 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness left side tailgate 4­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
50_4 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness left side tailgate 18­2­2015 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
51_1 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness right side tailgate 25­9­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
51_2 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness right side tailgate 3­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
51_3 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness right side tailgate 17­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
D D
53 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness extension GCB weighing 10­9­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
60 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body with extra parts 2­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
61 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate (extra parts) 31­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
62 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness left side tailgate (extra parts) 7­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
63 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness right side tailgate (extra parts) 11­9­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
71 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split CAN­bus overview 20­8­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
80 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Functions on connector box lifting frame 10­9­2014 I. Bradeanu 04­Harness views
E
43_7 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness body ­ circuit views 1­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 05­Circuit views E

44_5 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness tailgate ­ circuit views 31­3­2014 I. Bradeanu 05­Circuit views


50_5 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness left side tailgate 7­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 05­Circuit views
51_4 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split Wire harness right side tailgate 7­4­2014 I. Bradeanu 05­Circuit views
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
nleoicaz01 16­11­2015
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Table of contents

Higher Level Assignment page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2_1 OF  68 A3 ­ 5023682 ­


F
E
D
C
A

B
­C820 ­C820 ­C97

1
1

1/12 1/12 B/21 B/21 GND 8/21 8/21 0 Vdc

/5.E12
­C819 ­C97

GND
1/12 1/12 G/21 G/21 GND 16/21 16/21 0 Vdc
­Chassis

GND

GND
­C831 ­C99 ­C821 ­C502 ­C97 /3.C8

­SP309
1/12 1/12 D/21 D/21 12/12 12/12 3/4 F/21 F/21 GND 15/21 15/21 0 Vdc

/5.E1

2
2

­C834 ­C819 ­C502

GND
1/12 1/12 G/21 G/21 12/12 12/12 4/4
­C874 ­C97
2/2 W/21 W/21 GND 21/21 21/21 0Vdc

GND
­C787 ­C97
4/12 P/21 P/21 BAT 10/21 10/21 24Vdc (BAT)

/10.F2
GND

3
3

/8.A10
­C817 ­C97 ­C1
(1)­24 1/12 1/12 T/21 T/21 (1)­24 6/21 6/21 24Vdc (IGN)
/8.A8
12/12 12/12

/7.D13
­C838 ­C99 ­C97 ­C1

­SP200

4
(1)­24
4

1/6 1/6 E/21 E/21 E/21 E/21 11/21 11/21 24Vdc (IGN)


(1)­24
­C818 /3.C10

(1)­24
1/12 1/12 (1)­24
/3.C8
(1)­24
­C97 /3.C14
(1)­24 4/12 4/12 1005 N/21 N/21 1005 4/21 4/21
/23.A3 /9.E7

5
Footboards occupied
5

/26.A3
­C835 ­C99
1/12 1/12 B/21 B/21
­C1
L­Chs L­Chs 1/21 1/21
/3.C13

(1)­24
CAN­bus Chassis
H­Chs H­Chs 3/21 3/21
/3.C12

6
6

CAN­bus Chassis
­C502 ­C97
1/4 R/21 R/21 1502 5/21 5/21

/7.A14
­C502 ­C97 Working Light Power
2/4 S/21 S/21 1503 9/21 9/21

­C874 ­C97 ­C97 Beacon Light Power

7
(1)­24
7

1/2 D/21 D/21 20/21 20/21


15 A power supply

­C810 ­C810 ­C811

8
(1)­24
8

(1)­24 3/12 3/12 1/5


/3.C4
1001 2/12 2/12 1001 2/5 2/5
/3.C18
GND 12/12 12/12 GND 3/5
+Display

/3.C2

GND
­SP205

­C787 /3.C20
(1)­Supply/in/out

9
9

12/12 GND GND


/24.A11 /3.C14
Rear view display 1/12 1/12 (1)­24 5/5
­Input

(1)­24
/3.C16

10
10

(1)­24
­C787 /3.C4
1/12 (1)­24
/24.A10 ­C810 ­C812
High#1 4/12 4/12 High#1 4/5
/20.C3
Low#1

_
_
Low#1 5/12 5/12 5/5
/20.C4
(2)­CAN 1
11

­C788

Location
8 ­ n.c.
3 ­ n.c.
4 ­ n.c.

A/3
Display

1 ­ C811

5 ­ C813

7 ­ C815
6 ­ C814
2 ­ C812

Used Standards
B/3
­R4

connectors
A B C

Higher Level Assignment
­C810 ­C813
­SP10

Graphical symbols IEC 60617
H­TT H­TT
12

10/12 L/21 L/21 8/12 8/12 4/5 CAN2


L­TT L­TT
­R2

9/12 M/21 M/21 9/12 9/12 5/5 Track&Trace


­C794
(5)­CAN 2

A/3 H­Chs
­C814
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
/3.C6
­SP11

B/3 L­Chs 10/12 H­Chs­O 1/5 CAN3


/3.C5

4
11/12 L­Chs­O 2/5 Chassis CAN Open
­C787
­SP302
­SP203

Drawn
Approvals
A B C

H­Chs ­SP13 H­Chs


13

8/12 F/21 F/21 6/12 6/12 4/5 CAN4

Derived from
Approve

following page
­SP301

7/12 L­Chs H/21 H/21 7/12 7/12 ­SP12 L­Chs 5/5 Chassis J1939
(6)­CAN 3/4

­C789
5/12 A/3
­SP204

name
­R3

6/12 B/3
­C816
L­wgh

Previous item

page number
14

(1)­24 3/6
­C783
I. Bradeanu

/3.C5
H­wgh
A B C

A/3 GND 4/6


/3.C9
B/3
6/6
3 OF  68
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
15

­C531 ­C818 ­C816 ­C815


­SP209

­SP315
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
­SP210

3/6 (1)­24 8/12 8/12 P/21 P/21 2/6 2/6 SHD 3/5
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,

Format
date

This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on

­SP316
SHD
SHD

2/6 Shd
A3

1/6 Coax V/21 V/21 Coax 1/6 1/6 Video 4/5


28­1­2014

­C821
(7)­Analogue video input

GND
16

4/6 9/12 9/12


Owner

(1)­24
/3.C10
Description

item number

_
Connection to

(camera signal)
On/off
­S1

lighting harness
17

=Cabin
+cp­CCB

0 I

­C14 ­C14
1001 2/12 2/12 1/12 1/12
/3.C8
drawing number
14
13
18

(1)­24

23
24

chassis functions
­H1
/4.A2
19

­C530 ­C818
1/4 (1)­24 9/12 9/12
­MOD0
/23.C8

2/4 Low#4 2 1
/21.C5 ­C14 ­C14 ­C98
3/4 High#4 GND 12/12 12/12 6/12 6/12 U/21 U/21 124016/55 16/55
5023682
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split

/21.C5 /3.C9
O 02
Buzzer CCB

­C819
16

4/4 GND 7/12 7/12


20

GEESINKNORBA
Connection to

Revision

D
lighting module
B

E
D
C
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/24.A1
Optional
+cp­FB
+cp­RB

(1)­24
+cp­INT1 +cp­INT2

/29.B2

/24.A9
­C848
/24.A5

/24.A5

/25.B4

/27.B4
A =Cabin A

4/4
1/4
+cp­CCB +cp­SJ

(1)­24

(1)­24
4/4
­C848
1/4

1/4
(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24
/3.B18 /12.A14 /12.A17

Connection if no extra
11 24 11 24 11 24 11 24 11 24 13 21 11 24 13 21

(1)­24
emergency stop
­S83 ­S8 ­S5 ­S9 ­S6L ­S49L ­S6R ­S49R

­C145
5024308
Rescue Rescue
Emergency 12 23 Emergency 12 23 Emergency 12 23 Emergency 12 23 Emergency 12 23 14 22 Emergency 12 23 14 22 Analoge sensor

1239

1/4
stop stop stop stop stop stop IG6084
3/12

4/12

1 verloop M12­DT

­C848
was S7 was S82

2/12

3/12
­C14

+
3/12

4/12

2/12

3/12

2/4

2/4

3/4
­Q58

­C6
2/12

3/12

2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12

2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12

Door in body
B ­ B

2/4

3/4
­C848
R/21 1246

S/21 1245

­C3
2/12

3/12
2 4 3

­C21

­C28
2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12

2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12

2/4

3/4
­C145
1245

C848 standard added
­C98
R/21

S/21

2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12

2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12
­C102

­C103
4/6 1245

2/12

3/12

4/12

5/12

2/12

1248 3/12

1250 4/12

5/12

GND
1023
2/6

3/6

5/6
­SP402

/24.A11
­SP401
2/6

3/6

5/6

4/6
­C840

1239
1241

C C

1247

1248

1249

1250

1252
1251
1/6
­C840
1/6

­C266

­C266

­C266

­C266

­C266

­C266
­C211

­C211

­C211

­C211

­C211
52/55

36/55

53/55

21/55

18/55

19/55

21/55

20/55

27/55

28/55

23/55
18/55

19/55
52/55

36/55

53/55

21/55

21/55

20/55

27/55

28/55

23/55
D D
52 36 53 21 18 19 21 20 27 28 23
­MOD0 I 06 ­MOD0 I 01 ­MOD0 I 04 ­MOD0 I 14 ­MOD6 I 1.06 ­MOD6 I 1.04 ­MOD6 I 14 ­MOD6 I 12 ­MOD6 I 01 ­MOD6 I 03 ­MOD0 I 10
/23.C4 /23.C4 /23.C4 /23.D4 /26.B10 /26.B10 /26.C4 /26.C4 /26.B4 /26.B4 /23.D4
Estop CCB E­stop Rear Body Estop common signal E­stop front body E­stop tailgate L E­stop common switch Rescue button L E­stop switch R Rescue common signal Rescue R Door in body
­C202
2/12
on special connector

2/12
Emergency stop

NC NO

E E
3/12
­C202
3/12

4/12

Added!
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 30­1­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
5020519 ­ splice 6P ($6,01   €4.81   MOQ 100) or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
5020520 ­ splice 12P ($6,12   €4.90   MOQ 100) Location Derived from Previous item emergency stop; rescue function; door

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 4 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Spool indication on main valve block

/24.A6
2/6

3/6

4/6
1/6

2/6

3/6

4/6
­C844
1/6

(1)­24
A A

5V

5V

5V

­C62
­C804

­C805

­C806

1/4
5V

1
1/4

1/4

1/4
1 1 1
/23.B8

­HPS1 + Sensor on
P
­Q67 ­Q68 ­Q69 Pressure ­ Hydr. BOM
P2 spool P3 spool sensor
P1 spool
indication

3 4 indication 3 4 indication 3 4 2 4
3/4

4/4

3/4

4/4

3/4

4/4

2/4

4/4
­C62
­C804

­C805

­C806
B B
1060

1062

1067
1061

­C272
­C211
33/55

34/55

35/55

12/18
12/18
33/55

34/55

35/55
33 34 35 12
­MOD0 I 07 ­MOD0 I 05 ­MOD0 I 03 ­MOD5 I 14
/23.C4 /23.C4 /23.C4 /24.D9
P1 spool control P2 spool control P3 spool control Pressure sensor

C C
P1 prop. flow control P2 prop. flow control P3 prop. flow control P2 prop. press. relief P3 prop. press. relief

GND
­MOD0 O 07 ­MOD0 O 06 ­MOD0 O 05 ­MOD0 O 14 ­MOD0 O 15
/23.C8 /23.C8 /23.C8 /23.D8 /23.D8

/24.A7
­C211

­C211
11 12 13 8 9
11/55

12/55

13/55

8/55

9/55
­C211

­C211

­C211

­C211

­C211
11/55

12/55

13/55

8/55

9/55
1180

1182

1183

1184
1181
­C802

­C803

­C807

­C808
­C801

D D
1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2
1 1 1 1 1
­P1flow ­P2flow ­P3flow ­P2ctrl ­P3ctrl
Prop. flow Prop. flow Prop. flow Prop. pressure Prop. pressure
controller P1 2 controller P2 2 controller P3 2 relief P2 2 relief P3 2
­C801
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
­C802

­C803

­C807

­C808
­C821
4/12

3/12
­C820

E E
4/12

3/12
5/12

8/12

4/12

7/12

3/12

6/12

GND GND
/12.F8 /3.E2
5/12

8/12

4/12

7/12

3/12

6/12

GND GND
/3.E1 /6.F2
5020520
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 11­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
Spool indication This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F
pin configuration Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
(Output voltage is ratiometric GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
with supply voltage) Location Derived from Previous item main block hydraulic valves

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A
Optional
=Cabin
+Display +cp­FB
24puls
13 /7.B8
­S62 ­S66 13 13

Push out Push out 14 ­S44 ­S43


plate OUT plate IN Push out 14 Push out 14
plate in plate out

8/12

7/12
B B

1033 8/12

1030 7/12
­C272
7/18

5/18
7/18

5/18
7 5
­MOD5 I 12 ­MOD5 I 11
/24.C9 /24.C9
C
Push out plate in Push out plate out C

Prop. flow ejector/tailgate Ejector out Push out plate back Ejector pres. relief (DO)

­MOD0 O 03 ­MOD0 O 09 ­MOD0 O 08 ­MOD0 O 10


/23.C8 /23.D8 /23.D8 /23.D8
15 3 2 4
15/55

3/55

2/55

4/55
­C211

­C211

­C211

­C211
15/55

3/55

2/55

4/55
D D
1054

1053

1052
1051
­C809

­C80

­C82
­C81
1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1 1 1 1
­P0flow ­HV1a ­HV1b ­HV1c
Prop. flow valve Ejector out Ejector in Ejector
eject/tailgate P0 2 2 2 relief 2
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
­C81

­C82
­C809

­C80

E E
­C821

­C821

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date
­C820

­C820
2/12

7/12

Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457

GEESINKNORBA
10/12

Drawn I. Bradeanu 13­2­2014


9/12

_
_
2/12

7/12

Approve
GND GND
10/12
9/12

/7.F10 /12.F7 Description


This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
GND GND demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
/5.E7 /7.F4
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item push out plate control

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7 6 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/27.B18
Puls power supply body

/7.B12

/25.B4
­MOD5 O 08
/24.D4 (1)­24 (1)­24
/3.F5 /16.B10

­C835
17

(1)­24

(1)­24
24puls

17/18
A

8/12
5/12
A

=Cabin
­C14

=Cabin Option ­ panel in front body

­C271
17/18

8/12
5/12
7/12

+cp­CCB
+Display Option ­ TG limited open

­C114

­C113
­C24
­SP308 Added!
7/12

2/6
5/6

1/4

1/4
24puls

­C98
13 13 13 2 5 1 1

­C6

W/21
was Q107

4/12
br br
­S65 ­S63 ­S64

­C3
+ +
­Q31 5024313

4/12
Hold to run 14 Tailgate 14 Tailgate 14 +cp­FB +cp­RB DT360­2I­PT3C ­Q108L ­Q108R

W/21
­C6
4/12

Tailgate position

Tailgate

Tailgate
no nc ­ no nc ­

locked L

locked R
cab. control open limited close 24puls 0V A B

4/12
/6.A7 bk wh bl bk wh bl

24puls
1 4 3 6 2 3 4 2 3 4
5/12

13 13 13 13

4/6
3/6
6/6

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4
­C114

­C113
­C24
1/6
B ­S42 ­S61 ­S41 ­S40 B
­C14
5/12

/7.A2
Tailgate 14 Cleaning 14 Tailgate 14 Tailgate 14
open cycle close close

1123

1124
T/21

5/12

9/12

5/12

6/12

GND

1163
1171
T/21
­C98

­C6

­C6

­C3
5/12

9/12

5/12

6/12

GND
GND
­C99

­C99
M/21
1029

1032

L/21

/27.B20
1193

1027

1028

/25.B5
M/21
L/21

­C264

­C268
­C211

­C271

­C271
54/55

11/18

11/18

38/55

39/55
5/18

7/18

1/18

1/18
C C

­C834
10/12
12/12
­C271
11/18

11/18

1/18

1/18
54/55

38/55

39/55
5/18

7/18
54 11 11 5 7 38 39 1 1

10/12
12/12
­MOD0 I 02 ­MOD5 I 05 ­MOD5 I 13 ­MOD5 I 03 ­MOD5 I 04 ­MOD0 I 15 ­MOD0 I 13 ­MOD2 I 01 ­MOD4 I 01
/23.C4 /24.D4 /24.D9 /24.C4 /24.C4 /23.D4 /23.D4 /25.C3 /27.C3
HTR button CCB S42 ­ Tailgate open S61 ­ Cleaning cycle S41 ­ Tailgate close S40 ­ Tailgate close Tailgate position A Tailgate position B Q108L ­ Tailgate locked L Q108R ­ Tailgate locked R

Tailgate open (DO) Tailgate close (DO) GND Buzzer tailgate open (DO)


/3.F3
­MOD0 O 13 ­MOD0 O 12 ­MOD6 O 01
/23.D8 /23.D8 /26.C7
7 6 45

45/55
7/55

6/55
D D
­C211

­C211

­C162 ­C266
45/55
7/55

6/55

1294
1196
1195

1/2
­C83

­C84

1/2
1
1/2

1/2

1 1 ­H3
­HV2a ­HV2b Buzzer tailgate 2
Tailgate open Tailgate close open

2/2
E 2 2 E
2/2

2/2
­C83

­C84

2/2
­C834
5/12 5/12
GND
/10.F5
Used Standards Approvals Owner
name date
­C820

­C821

Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457

GEESINKNORBA
11/12

12/12

Drawn I. Bradeanu 30­1­2014


1/12

6/12

_
_
Approve
11/12

12/12

1/12

6/12

Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
GND GND demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
/6.F9 /6.F5
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item tailgate control & position

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 7 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

(1)­24 (1)­24
/3.E3 /24.A2
GND GND
/3.E2 /23.A4

/24.A10
Used for  Used for 

/24.A6

/24.A5
working light beacon light

10/12
A Spare output Spare output

2/12
A

/24.A10
/24.A11
­MOD0 ­MOD0

/22.B5
/22.B4
O 00 O 01

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24

10/12

2/12
/23.C8 /23.C8

­C262

­C435
18 17

18/55

17/55
(1)­24
­C13

1/4

1/4

GND
(1)­24

High#3
Low#3
1/4

­C211
GND

18/55

17/55
1/4

1/4
1
br 1 1
­Q65 + 5002041
­HPS3 P
­HPS4 P Hydac
Oil level / ­ Press filter Return filter
temperature wh bk bl 2 2 2,5m cable
control control
2 4 3

2/4

2/4
B B
2/4
4/4
3/4

1504

1505
­C13

High#3
Low#3
(1)­24
2/4

2/4
­C262
verleng kabel nodig

­C435

GND
1295
1297
GND

­C839
1068

1125

­C201

­C201
12/12
1/12

3/12

4/12
GND

2/6

4/6
5/6
1/6
­C272
­C211

­C271

­C271
Connection to
/24.A11
24/55

17/18

3/18

1/18
modem CR3108
17/18

1/18
24/55

3/18

C C

24 17 3 1 (5017388)
­MOD0 I 08 ­MOD5 I 16 ­MOD5 I 02 ­MOD5 I 01
/23.D4 /24.D9 /24.C4 /24.C4
Oil level Oil temperature Press filter Return filter

Input changed!

D D

Press filter polution sensor
Oil level sensor
E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 30­1­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
(5023200) associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,

Return filter polution sensor is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split


GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item body options; spare connectors

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 8 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OPTION: 500l container (GE small lifting arms)

/25.B5

/27.B5

/25.B9

/27.B9
A A

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24
=Cabin
5024308 +Display
Analoge sensor

­C150

­C152
13
IG6084
­C8

­C9
1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
verloop M12­DT ­S12
1 1 Overruling 1 1
14 br br
+ + footboards + +
B ­Q6L ­Q6R ­Q111L ­Q111R B

­C150 pos. L

­C152 pos. R
Footboard R
no nc ­ no nc ­

Footboard

Footboard
Footboard left

­ ­
bk wh bl bk wh bl
2 4 3 2 4 3 2 3 4 2 3 4
2/4

3/4

2/4

3/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4
­C8

­C8

­C9

­C9

GND

GND
was Q7 was Q112

/25.B10

/27.B10
GND

GND
/25.B6

/27.B6

1017
1127

1128

C /28.B13 C
­C824

­C827

­C824
11/18

11/18

12/18
11/18

11/18

12/18
11 11 12

D
­MOD1 I 13 ­MOD3 I 13 ­MOD1 I 14 D
/25.D17 /27.D17 /25.D17
Footboard left (AI) Footboard right (AI) Q111 posFootboardLeft
Footboards occupied

­MOD0 O 04
/23.C8
14
14/55
­C211
14/55

E E
1005

Approvals Owner
/3.D5

Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 13­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item footboards

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 9 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/27.B18
Puls power supply R
(1)­24
Puls power supply L
/19.D2 ­MOD4 O 08
­MOD2 /27.D3

3/6

4/6

2/6

5/6
O 08

(1)­24
A /25.E3 17 A

17/18
3/6

4/6

2/6

5/6
17

­C836
­C52
17/18

1/4

­C268
17/18
5024308 5024308
­C21 ­C264
17/18

1/4
­SP500 Analoge sensor Analoge sensor ­SP9 24pulsR
/28.A2
OPTIONAL IG6084 IG6084

­C128
­C58

­C59

­C60

­C28
­C61

­C31
verloop M12­DT verloop M12­DT OPTIONAL
7/12

7/12
1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
+cp­INT1 +cp­INT2
1 1 1 1 1 1
24pulsL 24pulsR
7/12

7/12
/13.A2 br br br br /13.A11
+ + + + + +
13 13 ­Q1 ­Q2 ­Q3 ­Q4 ­Q5 ­Q29 13 13

Shortening
yoke stop

Guide flap
End movement 2

End movement 3

End movement 4
no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­
­S58L ­S48L
End movement 1
B
bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl
­ ­ ­S58R ­S48R B

Start 14 Compaction 14 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 4 3 2 4 3 Start 14 Compaction 14


packer L packer R
2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

3/4

2/4

3/4
­C61

­C31
­C128
­C58

­C59

­C60
Benaming Q2 bij end movement 2 zetten; was S59
Q3 bij end movement 3
11/12

11/12
1050
6/12

6/12
­SP501
­C21

­C21

1066
11/12

11/12
­C28

­C28
6/12

6/12
8/12
2/4

4/4

3/4
1064

1041
1063 2/4

4/4

1065 3/4
­C266 ­C52
1170

1172

1216

1217
8/12

GND
­C265

­C265

­C264

­C268

­C269

­C269
/27.B5
17/18

39/55

40/55

41/55

42/55

11/18

12/18

17/18
5/18

5/18
C C

­C832
17/18

11/18

12/18

17/18
39/55

40/55

41/55

42/55
5/18

5/18
3/6

4/6

2/6

5/6
5 17 39 40 41 42 11 12 5 17
­MOD2 I 11 ­MOD2 I 16 ­MOD6 I 1.08 ­MOD6 I 1.10 ­MOD6 I 1.12 ­MOD6 I 1.13 ­MOD2 I 05 ­MOD4 I 06 ­MOD4 I 11 ­MOD4 I 16
3/6

4/6

2/6

5/6
/25.D7 /25.E7 /26.C10 /26.C10 /26.C10 /26.C10 /25.D3 /27.D3 /27.C7 /27.D7
Start packer L Start compaction movement End packer movement 1 End packer movement 2 End packer movement 3 End packer movement 4 Shortening yokestop Guide flap sensor (AI) Start packer R Start compaction movement
GND
/19.A14

D D

DumpValvePacker Extension movement (PWM) Insertion movement (PWM) Scooping movement Compaction movement

­MOD6 O 00 ­MOD6 O 04 ­MOD6 O 05 ­MOD6 O 07 ­MOD6 O 06
/26.C7 /26.D7 /26.D7 /26.D7 /26.D7
44 36 54 53 17
44/55

36/55

54/55

53/55

17/55
17/55
44/55

36/55

54/55

53/55

E E
1078

1069

1075

1070

1072
­C34

­C74

­C33

­C75

­C32
1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

­P_red ­HV3a ­HV4b ­HV3b ­HV4a Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Pressure reduce Extension Insertion Scooping Compaction
valve comp. mech. movement movement movement movement
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 13­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
­C834 ­C32
­C831 ­C74

­C834 ­C33

­C831 ­C75

_
Approve
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
­C831

demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
7/12

8/12

7/12

9/12

9/12

Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
7/12

8/12

7/12

9/12

9/12

GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
GND GND Location Derived from Previous item Compaction mechanisme
/3.F2 /16.B11
GND GND
/7.E14 /26.A4
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 10 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/25.B8

/25.B8

/27.B8

/27.B8
A A

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24
­C146

­C147
­C67

­C68
Split Split Split Split
1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
1 1 1 1
br br was Q23a br was Q23b br
+ + + +
­Q22aL ­Q22bL ­Q22aR ­Q22bR
left side

left side
Safety guard A

Safety guard A
no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­

right side

right side
Safety guard B

Safety guard B
bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl
B B
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
2/4

4/4

3/4
4/4

2/4

4/4

3/4
4/4
­C146

­C147
­C67

­C68
GND

GND

GND

GND
4/12

4/12
/25.B10

/25.B10

/27.B10

/27.B10
1104

1105
4/12

11064/12
C
GAC/GEC GEC C
1104 1105
/29.C13 /29.C17
Q147L ­ Jack up L Q147R ­ Jack up R
­C264

­C266

­C268

­C266
55/55
3/18

3/18

2/55
55/55
3/18

3/18

2/55
3 55 3 2
­MOD2 I 02 ­MOD6 I 1.05 ­MOD4 I 02 ­MOD6 I 13
/25.D3 /26.B10 /27.C3 /26.C4
Safety guard L / Q147L ­ Support jack up left Safety guard down L Safety guard R / Q147R Support jack up R Safety guard R

D D

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 14­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
(5025211) associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Safety guard

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 11 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Split GCB Split Split


LET OP! GCB 4­wiel detectie

/25.B12
ultrasoon sensor 5017587
A
+ 1005860 2m cable M12 DT A

+ 5022462 transition cable /13.A8
(1)­24
/13.A18
(1)­24 Split Split

­C143

­C233
1/6 (1)­24 +cp­INT1 +cp­INT2
Q30

1/4

1/4
+CJB1 +CJB2 /4.A13
(1)­24 (1)­24
/15.A11 /4.A18
(1)­24 (1)­24
/15.A16
1 1
1 br br
+ +
­Q205 +
­Q26L ­Q26R 3 3

A ­S19L ­S19R

Check uncoupled
frames
no nc ­ no nc ­

Check
coupled frames
4 bk wh bl bk wh bl
detection
4­wheel

nc no ­ 4 4
2 3 4 2 3 4 Coupling frames 4 Coupling frames 4

/12.E17
/12.E14
2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4
2 4 3

­C143

­C233

7/12

7/12
2/6

3/6
­C844

B B

­C154

­C106
7/12

7/12
7/12

7/12
+CJB1 +CJB2

­C107
­C20
7/12

7/12
­SP3
GAC ­SP4
GAC
1360 1362
GND

/28.C11 /29.C9
1325

1360

1362
Check tilting arm Alternative for GAC
/25.B12

1132

1133
­C264

­C824

­C827

­C824

­C827
12/18

15/18

15/18
7/18

7/18
C C
12/18

15/18

15/18
7/18

7/18
12 7 7 15 15
­MOD2 I 06 ­MOD1 I 12 ­MOD3 I 12 ­MOD1 I 15 ­MOD3 I 15
/25.D3 /25.D17 /27.C17 /25.E17 /27.D17
4­wheel detection (to be tested) Q26 ­ Check uncoupled frames / Q30 4­wheel detection Q26 ­ Check coupled frames Coupling frames / Q94 Check tilting arm Coupling frames / S32 Suppor tjack up

Parralel movement Light button coupling frames Light button coupling frames

­MOD0 O 11 ­MOD1 O 07 ­MOD3 O 07


/23.D8 /25.E12 /27.D12

­C826
5 15 15

15/18

15/18
5/55

D D
Pneumatics CAN­bus
­C211

­C823

­C826
15/18

15/18
10825/55

1363
1361
­C154

­C106
­C85

8/12

8/12
1/2

+cp­INT1 +cp­INT2
1

8/12

8/12
­HV14 ­PV4a ­PV4b
Couple lift frames Couple frames Uncouple frames X1 X1
2
­S19L ­S19R
2/2
­C85

E E

/12.B15 X2 /12.B18 X2
­C821
5/12

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date
5/12

Graphical symbols IEC 60617

/6.F7
GND GND
/5.E9
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 13­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item coupling lifting frames

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 12 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

(1)­24 (1)­24
/25.B13 /25.B14
(1)­24 (1)­24

­C238

­C239
/27.B13 /27.B14

/15.A3

/15.A8
4/6

4/6
1/6

1/6
+cp­INT1 +cp­ETB1 +cp­INT2 +cp­ETB2
A

4/6

4/6
A

1/6

1/6
(1)­24 (1)­24

­C129

­C139

­C130

­C140
/12.A8 /12.A10

24pulsL

24pulsR
­C706 ­C706 ­C707 ­C707

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
/10.B3
24pulsL 2/6 2/6 +CJB1 /10.B19
24pulsR 2/6 2/6 +CJB2
1 1 1 1
br br was S23 was S24 was Q19b br was Q19a br
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
+ + + +
­S20L ­S21L ­S20L ­S21L ­Q18bL ­Q18aL ­S20R ­S21R ­S20R ­S21R ­Q18bR ­Q18aR

Start

Start

Start
lifting L

­C139 lifting L
no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­

lifting R

lifting R
Start 
Lift up L 14 Lift 14 Lift up L 14 Lift 14 Lift up R 14 Lift down R 14 Lift up R 14 Lift 14
bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl
down L 4/6 4/6 down L 1 2 3 4 9 2 3 4 was S23 was S24 4/6 4/6 down R 1 2 3 4 9 2 3 4
3/6 3/6 3/6 3/6

3/4
4/4

2/4

4/4

3/4
4/4

2/4

4/4
­C129

­C130

­C140
1/12

2/12

1/12

2/12
12/12

12/12
2/12

2/12
5/6

6/6

5/6

6/6
B B
+CJB1 +CJB2
­C154

­C106
1/12

1/12
2/12

2/12
5/6

6/6

5/6

6/6
­C107
12/12

12/12
­C20

­C20
2/12

2/12
1083

1085

1232

6/12 1277

1094

1093

6/12 1091
1233

GND

GND
­C265

­C823

­C269

­C826
GND

GND
­C266­C102

­C266­C103
6/12

6/12
1/18

3/18

1/18

1/18

3/18

1/18

/27.B14

/27.B15
/25.B14

/25.B15
1/18

1/18

1/18

1/18
3/18

3/18
37/55

38/55
1 3 1 1 3 1
­MOD2 I 09 ­MOD2 I 10 ­MOD1 I 01 ­MOD4 I 09 ­MOD4 I 10 ­MOD3 I 01

37/55

38/55
C /25.C7 /25.D7 /25.C12 /27.C7 /27.C7 /27.C12 C
Lift up L Lift down L Start lifting L Lift up R Lift down R Start lifting R
37 38
­MOD6 I 1.07 ­MOD6 I 15
/26.B10 /26.C4
Bin lift up L Bin lift down L Start lifting L Bin lift up R Bin lift down R' Start lifting R
­MOD6 O 1.01 ­MOD6 O 1.00 ­MOD6 O 1.03 ­MOD6 O 1.02
/26.C13 /26.C13 /26.C13 /26.C13
49 48 50 31
49/55

48/55

50/55

31/55
­C266

­C266

­C266

­C266
49/55

48/55

50/55

31/55
1099

1611
D D
­C842

­C842

­C843
8/12

7/12

8/12

7/12
1/2 8/12

1/2 7/12

1/2 8/12

1/2 7/12
­C77

­C76

­C79

­C78
­HV5b ­HV5a ­HV6b ­HV6a
Lift up L Lift down L Lift up R Lift down R
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
­C77

­C76

­C79

­C78
E E

GND

GND
/27.B19

/27.B19
GND

GND

Approvals Owner
/25.B19

/25.B19

Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 14­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item lifting frames control/position

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 13 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

+CJB1
(1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24

/25.B9
/25.B9

/27.B9
/27.B9
/25.B13 /25.B13 /27.B13 /27.B13 /14.A9
GCB Split

­C238

­C239

­C141
2/6

3/6

2/6

3/6

1/4
(1)­24 +CJB2 OPTIONAL weighing +CJB2
(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24
A (1)­24

2/6

3/6

2/6

3/6
A

1/4
/14.A13

­C141r
­C141l
(1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24 ­SP20

­C232

­C155

­C235

­C156

­C142
/17.A10 /14.A15 /17.A16 /14.A18
­C194

­C193

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
+CJB1
2/6
5/6

2/6
5/6
1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 1
br br was Q17a br was Q17b br was Q21 was Q21
2 5 2 5 11 14 11 14 11 14
was Q130 + + + +
­Q16aL ­Q16bR ­Q16aL ­Q16bR ­Q20L ­Q20R ­Q20R
­Q131L 5024313 ­Q131R 5024313

Check bin

Check bin

Pick up

Pick up
rim lock L
no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­

rim lock R

safety R

safety R
Check bin
rim lock R
Check bin
rim lock L

Pick up
safety L

/28.B18
DT360­2I­PT3C DT360­2I­PT3C 12 13 12 13 12 13
bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl
Analog sensor L

Analog sensor R
power supply 24V power supply 24V
0V A B 0V A B 5 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 +CJB2 4 2 4 2 3 4 2

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

2/4

2/4
1 4 3 6 1 4 3 6

­C141l

­C142
­C155

­C235

­C156

­C141r
4/6
3/6
6/6

4/6
3/6
6/6
­C194

­C193
1/6

1/6

1142
8/12

9/12

8/12

9/12

5/12
B B
+CJB1

2/4

3/4
3 3 +CJB2

­C107

­C107

­C107

­C107
­C20

­C20
8/12

9/12

8/12

9/12

5/12

6/12
­C141

­C141
2/4

3/4
11/12

11/12
1220

1130

5/12

6/12
+CJB1 ­SP3
­C842

­C102

­C103
6/12 1222

1138
11/12

11/12

1139

1142
­C20
5/12

6/12
5/12

6/12

5/12

1129

1137
­C843
8/55 1219 5/12

9/55 1221 6/12

5/12

6/12

1131

1141
GND
GND
­C266

­C266

­C823

­C266

­C826

­C823

­C824

­C826

­C827
GND
GND

10/55

11/55

29/55

30/55
5/18

5/18

3/18

3/18

3/18

3/18
/27.B19
/27.B10

C
/25.B10
/25.B5

C
10/55

11/55

29/55

30/55
8/55

9/55

5/18

5/18

3/18

3/18

3/18

3/18
8 9 10 11 29 5 30 5 3 3 3 3
­MOD6 I 00 ­MOD6 I 02 ­MOD6 I 04 ­MOD6 I 06 ­MOD6 I 05 ­MOD1 I 03 ­MOD6 I 07 ­MOD3 I 03 ­MOD1 I 02 ­MOD1 I 10 ­MOD3 I 02 ­MOD3 I 10
/26.B4 /26.B4 /26.C4 /26.C4 /26.C4 /25.D12 /26.C4 /27.C12 /25.D12 /25.D17 /27.C12 /27.C17
Lift position left A Lift position Left B Lift position Right A Lift position right B Bin rim lock control L Bin rim lock control L Bin rim lock control R Bin rim lock control R Pick up safety L Pick up safety R GCB Pick up safety R Spare input Split / Joystick center contact GAC

Voor GCB/GEC
sensor aan de rechter kant monteren
en met verlengkabel naar links brengen.

D D

+Pneumatics CAN­bus

E E
­PV1a ­PV1b ­PV17a ­PV17b
Bin rim lock L Bin rim lock L Bin rim lock R Bin rim lock R
work position idle position work position idle position

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 18­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item bin rim lock; pick up safety

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 14 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A OPTION A
Lefthand driving +cp­INT1 +cp­ETB1 +cp­INT2 +cp­ETB2
(1)­24 (1)­24
/16.A2 /16.A5
+cp­INT1 +cp­INT2
­C706 ­C707
24pulsL 24pulsL 24pulsR 24pulsR (1)­24 1/6 1/6 (1)­24 1/6 1/6
/13.A3 /13.A13 /28.A5 /12.A15 /12.A18
13 24 13 24 13 13 13 13
| 0 || | 0 ||
­S17L ­S17R ­S10L ­S10L ­S10R ­S10R
Hydr. flap Hydr. flap Buzzer 14 Buzzer 14 Buzzer 14 Buzzer 14
14 23 14 23
was S11 was S11

10/12

10/12
8/12

9/12

8/12

9/12

5/6

5/6
B B

5/6

5/6
­C21

­C21

­C706

­C707
10/12

10/12
­C28

­C28
8/12

9/12

8/12

9/12
1255

1256

1257

1258

1038

1039
­C264

­C268

­C265

­C269
11/18

11/18
5/18

7/18

5/18

7/18

11/18

11/18
5/18

7/18

5/18

7/18
5 7 5 7 11 11
­MOD2 I 03 ­MOD2 I 04 ­MOD4 I 03 ­MOD4 I 04 ­MOD2 I 13 ­MOD4 I 13
C /25.D3 /25.D3 /27.C3 /27.C3 /25.D7 /27.D7 C
Guide flap up L Guide flap down L Guide flap up R Guide flap down R Buzzer L Buzzer R

Guide flap up Guide flap down

­MOD6 O 1.05 ­MOD6 O 1.04


/26.D13 /26.D13
52 51
52/55

51/55
D D
­C266
52/55

51/55
1287

1122
­C842

­C842
10/12
9/12

10/12
9/12
­C87

­C88
1/2

1/2

E E
­HV7a ­HV7b
Guide flap up Guide flap down
2/2

2/2
­C87

­C88

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date
GND

GND

Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 18­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
/25.B19

/25.B20

Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Guide flap control; buzzer control

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 15 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

+cp­INT1 +cp­INT2

/19.A11
A A

/19.A1
(1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24
/15.A12 /17.A3 /15.A16 /17.A6

3 3

GND
(1)­24
­S14L ­S14R
Cover guide/ 4 Cover guide/ 4
Bin catch 2nd pos /16.E2 Bin catch 2nd pos

/16.E5

/20.C18
/20.C17
3/12

3/12
GND
/10.F8
(1)­24
­C154

­C106
3/12

3/12
B
/7.A15 B

2/12
6/12

5/12

7/12

2/12

9/12

6/12
High#1
Low#1
1285

1284
Bin catcher 1 Bin catcher 2

­C831

­C831

­C831
­C835

­C835

­C835
2/12
6/12

5/12

7/12

2/12

9/12

6/12
Bin rim lock right DIN guide
­C265

­C269
Bin rim lock left
12/18

12/18
Coupling bin frames
12/18

12/18
12 12

12/12
10/12
1/12
2/12
3/12

7/12

9/12
­MOD2 I 14 ­MOD4 I 14  A  
/25.D7 /27.D7

12/12
10/12
­C65

­C65
1/12
2/12
3/12
4/12

6/12
7/12

9/12
Cover guide/bin catch L Cover guide/bin catch R

(1)­24

GND
C C
Light button bin catch L Light button bin catch R

­MOD2 O 15 ­MOD4 O 15


/25.E7 /27.D7

High#1
Low#1
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24
15 15

GND

GND
SHD
T
15/18

15/18

Conn. C to be covered
­C265

­C269
15/18

15/18

 A   B  with protective cap

­C843

­C842
 B  

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
1/4

1/5
+Pneumatics CAN­bus
1352

1351

D D
­C154

­C106

­C845
4/12

4/12
+cp­INT2

1/4
+cp­INT1

4/12

4/12

Connector pneumatic airlock

1/4
X1 X1 5035988

­S14L ­S14R ­PV2a ­PV2b ­PV3b ­PV3a ­PV7b ­PV7a ­PV21


Bin catch Bin catch Cover guide Cover guide Bin catch Bin catch Airlock valve
/16.B3 X2 /16.B6 X2 work position idle position idle position work position 2nd pos. idle 2nd pos. work
12/12

12/12

GND GND

4/4
/17.E3 /17.E6

4/4
­C21

­C845
12/12

12/12
­C28

E E
GND

GND

(5028084)
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
/25.B5

/27.B5

Dip­switch position (250 kBd) Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 19­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Cover guide, bin catch control, shaking

Set on pos 0 Set on pos 7 Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 17 16 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Split Split
A A
(1)­24 (1)­24
/14.A8 /14.A11
+cp­INT1 +cp­INT2

­C148

­C236

­C234

­C149

­C237

­C151
(1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24 (1)­24
/16.A3 /29.B9 /16.A6 /28.A13

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
+CJB1 +CJB2
1 1 1 1 1 1
br br br was Q34 br was Q38 br was Q36 br
was S65 + + + + + +
3 3 ­Q33L ­Q37L ­Q35L ­Q33R ­Q37R ­Q35R
­S54L ­S54R

­C148 arm L

arm L
GE small

GE small
no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­

­C149 arm R
no nc ­ no nc ­

arm R
no nc ­

arm large L

arm large R
Detect. DIN

Detect. DIN
Detect. GE

Detect. GE
bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl
2 8 7 2 8 7
Shaking 4 Shaking 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
0 / I / II 0 / I / II

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4
­C236

­C234

­C149

­C237
/17.E3

/17.E6
B B

11/12

10/12

11/12

10/12
5/12

5/12

3/12

3/12
+CJB1 +CJB2
­C154

­C106

­C107

­C107

­C107
11/12

10/12

11/12

10/12
­C20

­C20

­C20
5/12

5/12

3/12

3/12
1135
­SP5
GAC
1280

1134

1136

1209

1143

1140
/29.C9
Alternative for GAC
1279

1280
­C265

­C269

­C824

­C824

­C823

­C827

­C827

­C826
7/18

7/18

5/18

1/18

7/18

5/18

1/18

7/18
C C

­C827

­C827
1/18

1/18
7/18

7/18

5/18

7/18

5/18

7/18
7 7 5 1 7 5 1 7
­MOD2 I 12 ­MOD4 I 12 ­MOD1 I 11 ­MOD1 I 09 ­MOD1 I 04 ­MOD3 I 11 ­MOD3 I 09 ­MOD3 I 04
/25.D7 /27.C7 /25.D17 /25.C17 /25.D12 /27.C17 /27.C17 /27.C12
Shake L Shaking R (Split) / S32 Support jack down (GAC) Din arm L Geesink arm L GD lifting arm L DIN arm R Geesink arm R GD lifting arm R

Light shake button L Light shake button R

­MOD2 O 07 ­MOD4 O 07


/25.E3 /27.D3
15 15
15/18

15/18

D D
­C264

­C268
15/18

128215/18
1281
­C154

­C106
6/12

6/12

+cp­INT2
+cp­INT1
6/12

6/12

E E
X1 X1

­S54L ­S54R
/17.B4 X2 /17.B7 X2
GND GND ­S14R:X2
/16.E3 /16.E6 Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 19­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item shaking, pick­up arms

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 18 17 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/25.B4

/25.B4

/27.B4

/27.B4
A A

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24
­C195

­C196

­C197

­C198
1/6

1/6

1/6

1/6
1 1 1 1

5024337 ­Q42 + ­Q43 + ­Q44 + ­Q45 +


B
DT35 B15851 A A A A B

sensor 1 R

sensor 2 R
nc no ­ nc no ­ nc no ­ nc no ­
Distance

Distance

Distance

Distance
sensor 1 L

sensor 2 L
Sick
2 4 3 2 4 3 2 4 3 2 4 3
5027730
2/6

3/6

2/6

3/6

2/6

3/6

2/6

3/6
­C195

­C196

­C197

­C198
M12­5pins 4m 
with DTM connector
1319

1323

1324
1321
3/12

2/12

3/12

2/12
GND

GND

GND

GND
C C
­C842

­C843
3/12

2/12

3/12

2/12
/25.B15

/25.B15

/27.B15

/27.B15
H/21

F/21

N/21
J/21
F/21
­C99

­C99

­C99

­C99
H/21

N/21
J/21
­C211

­C211
41/55

40/55

55/55

22/55
D D
41/55

40/55

55/55

22/55
41 40 55 22
­MOD0 I 09 ­MOD0 I 11 ­MOD0 I 00 ­MOD0 I 12
/23.D4 /23.D4 /23.C4 /23.D4
Distance sensor 1L Distance sensor 2L Distance sensor 1R Distance sensor 2R

Inputs under run protection moved to safety inputs!
E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 19­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Underrun protection

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 19 18 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

(1)­24 GND GND


/16.A12 /16.A13 /25.A1
(1)­24
/19.A2

(1)­24 GND
/19.A12 /10.D3
11/12
12/12

12/12
A

3/12

3/12
A

1/6
­C831

­C832
­C835
11/12
12/12

12/12

1/6
3/12

3/12
Diagnostic connector Diagnostic connector
module CR7021 module CR7032

/26.A10

/26.A10

/22.B10
B B

/22.B11
/26.A9

/26.A9

/23.A8

/23.A9
/23.A9
/27.B5
/27.B4
RSGND

1750
1751

RxD

RxD
TxD

TxD
Low#3
High#3
5/6
­C834

­C838
6/12

GND
(1)­24

­C843

­C103

­C843
10/12
11/12
1/12
9/12

8/12
Twisted Pair
20 turn/meter min.

10/12
11/12
1/12
9/12

8/12

RSGND
(1)­24

(1)­24
GND

RxD
TxD
C C

(1)­24
GND

1751

RxD
TxD
­C202

­C780

­C35
12/12

G/9
1/12

A/9
B/9

C/9
D/9

E/9

H/9
J/9
2/6

3/6

4/6
5/6

6/6
1/6

Connection for test input

Connection for test input
­C836

(1)­24
1/6
1/6

D D
/25.B1

(1)­24
/10.A4
5034800 5034790
Diagnostic cable Diagnostic cable

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 19­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Diagnostic connector

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 19 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A
­R1

­R1
Twisted Pair
30 turn/meter min.
­C170 ­C14 ­C98 ­C99 ­C202 ­C291
A/3 9/12 9/12 ­SP201 K/21 K/21 ­SP304 Low#1 ­SP306 P/21 P/21 ­SP403 ­SP405 ­SP407 ­SP409 Low#1 9/12 9/12 A/3
C B A

C B A
B/3 10/12 10/12 ­SP202 J/21 J/21 ­SP305 High#1 ­SP307 R/21 R/21 ­SP404 ­SP406 ­SP408 ­SP410 High#1 10/12 10/12 B/3

High#1
Low#1
B B

­C103

10/12
9/12
­C201

10/12

10/12
9/12
9/12
Special
connector body
High#1

High#1

High#1

High#1

High#1

High#1

High#1

High#1
Low#1

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1
C C
­SP1

­SP2
/3.C10

/23.B11

/23.B11
/23.B11

/26.A11
/26.A11
/23.B10

/26.A10
/26.A10

/16.B13
/16.B13
/3.C11

/24.A4
/24.A4

/25.A3
/25.A3
To CAN­bus To I/O module To master To master To I/O module To I/O module To control To pneum.
connection  panels body I/O module I/O module tailgate tailgate panel left valveblock
display in cab 2nd CAN­bus 2nd CAN­bus

High#1
Low#1
D D

/27.A3
/27.A3
To control
panel right

To be used for:
E E

­ I/O modules and display;
­ pneumatic valveblock;
­ extra I/O module for specials (weighing/identification interface)
Approvals Owner
Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item CAN­bus #1 layout

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 21 20 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

Twisted Pair
­R4

­R4
30 turn/meter min.

­C788 ­C201 ­C201 ­C99 ­C202 ­C788


A/3 7/12 7/12 Low#4 ­SP319 ­SP321 W/21 W/21 7/12 7/12 A/3
C B A

C B A
B/3 8/12 8/12 High#4 ­SP320 ­SP322 X/21 X/21 8/12 8/12 B/3
B B
C/3

High#4

High#4
Low#4

Low#4
/3.D19
/3.D20

/23.B12
/23.B12
C C

To lighting To master
module WL/RB I/O module

D D

E To be used for: E

­ lighting module WL/ZL;
­ plug­in module;
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 10­12­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item CAN­bus #4 layout

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 22 21 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A
­R3

­R3
Twisted Pair
30 turn/meter min.
­C789 ­C201 ­C201 ­C99 ­C202 ­C202 ­C789
A/3 5/12 5/12 Low#3 ­SP317 ­SP312 U/21 U/21 ­SP411 Low#3 5/12 5/12 A/3
­SP318
C B A

C B A
B/3 6/12 6/12 High#3 ­SP313 V/21 V/21 ­SP412 High#3 6/12 6/12 B/3

B B

High#3

High#3
Low#3

Low#3

High#3
Low#3
/23.B11
/23.B11
/8.A15
/8.A15

/19.B18
/19.B19
To modem To master
I/O module
To service
connector

C C

D D

E To be used for: E

­ crane interface;
­ third party lifting device TH interface;
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 4­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item CAN­bus #3 layout

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 23 22 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/8.A11

/19.B19

/19.B20
/19.B20
GND
A A

1750

RxD
TxD
(1)­24
/3.E5
GND
/24.A3

5/12
6/12
7/12

4/12
5/12
6/12

­C99

/20.C10
/20.C10
11/12

/20.C11
/20.C11
K/21

S/21
T/21

/21.C7
/21.C7
/22.B6
/22.B6
/5.A2
­C818

­C819
5/12
6/12
7/12

4/12
5/12
6/12

T/21
­C818

K/21
11/12

­C99

S/21

Low#1
High#1
Low#1
High#1
5V

Low#3
High#3
Low#4
High#4
5V
B B
10/55
19/55

20/55
37/55
42/55

32/55

51/55

50/55

25/55
43/55

29/55
47/55
28/55
46/55
27/55
45/55
26/55
44/55
1/55
10/55
19/55
1/55

20/55
37/55
42/55

32/55

51/55

50/55

25/55
43/55

30/55
31/55
48/55
49/55

29/55
47/55
28/55
46/55
27/55
45/55
26/55
44/55
1 10 19 20 37 42 32 51 50 25 43 30 31 48 49 29 47 28 46 27 45 26 44

USB_5V
Test

High #3
VBBs

VBBo

RxD

TxD

USB_P

USB_N
GND

Vref OUT
VBB 15

High#2

Low #3

High#4
VBBr

GND

GND

CR7032

High#1

Low#2

Low#4
Shield
400mA)

Low#1
(5/10V,
Battery + Ground RS­232 USB CAN­bus
55 I 00 /18.D7 Distance sensor 1R 18 O 00 /8.A12 Spare output
­MOD0 36 I 01 /4.D3 E­stop Rear Body 17 O 01 /8.A13 Spare output
C
Master module on body 54 I 02 /7.C2 HTR button CCB 16 O 02 /3.A19 Buzzer CCB C

35 I 03 /5.C7 P3 spool control 15 O 03 /6.D3 Prop. flow ejector/tailgate


53 I 04 /4.D6 Estop common signal 14 O 04 /9.D7 Footboards occupied
34 I 05 /5.C5 P2 spool control 13 O 05 /5.C7 P3 prop. flow control
52 I 06 /4.D2 Estop CCB 12 O 06 /5.C5 P2 prop. flow control
33 I 07 /5.C3 P1 spool control 11 O 07 /5.C3 P1 prop. flow control
24 I 08 /8.C2 Oil level 2 O 08 /6.D7 Push out plate back
41 I 09 /18.D4 Distance sensor 1L 3 O 09 /6.D5 Ejector out
23 I 10 /4.D19 Door in body 4 O 10 /6.D8 Ejector pres. relief (DO)
40 I 11 /18.D5 Distance sensor 2L 5 O 11 /12.D8 Parralel movement
22 I 12 /18.D9 Distance sensor 2R 6 O 12 /7.D9 Tailgate close (DO)
39 I 13 /7.C15 Tailgate position B 7 O 13 /7.D6 Tailgate open (DO)
D D
21 I 14 /4.D8 E­stop front body 8 O 14 /5.C9 P2 prop. press. relief
38 I 15 /7.C14 Tailgate position A 9 O 15 /5.C12 P3 prop. press. relief

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 28­1­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Master I/O module

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 24 23 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Front body
(1)­24 GND
/8.A10 /23.A4

2/12

3/12

/20.C6
/20.C6
A

/4.A4

/4.A8

/3.D10

/4.C20
/29.A6
/5.A10

/4.A19

/8.A14

/8.A14
/5.C11
Crane

/8.C4

/3.D9
/8.A7

/8.A5

/8.A3

/4.A6
­C817

­C819
2/12

3/12

Low#1

(1)­24

(1)­24
High#1

GND

GND
GND
GND
GND
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
109

11/12
­C6
120

­SP304:1
­SP305:1

­C3

­C6

­C3

­C6
12/12

12/12

2013
1/12

1/12

­C272
12/12

12/12
1/12

1/12
(1)­24

15/18
GND

B B

15/18
(1)­24
15
­C270

­C272
­C271 ­MOD5

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18
2/18 I 15
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6
1/6

/24.D9
S75 Water pump
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18
1/6

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18
CAN_L

CAN_H
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub
+Ub / GND / CAN bus X1 CR2012 X2 Changed to input, for S75 Water pump button
01 I 01 /8.C7 Return filter 01 I 09 /29.C5 S34 Support jack up R
C
­MOD5 02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub C

03 I 02 /8.C5 Press filter 03 I 10 /29.C7 S34 Support jack down R


04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub
05 I 03 /7.C9 S41 ­ Tailgate close 05 I 11 /6.C9 Push out plate out
06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub
07 I 04 /7.C11 S40 ­ Tailgate close 07 I 12 /6.C7 Push out plate in
08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub
09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub
10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub
11 I 05 /7.C6 S42 ­ Tailgate open 11 I 13 /7.C7 S61 ­ Cleaning cycle
12 I 06 /29.C2 S32 Support jack up L 12 I 14 /5.C10 Pressure sensor
13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND
D D
14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND
15 I 07 /29.C3 S32 Support jack down L 15 I 15 /24.B17 S75 Water pump
O 07 O 15 .
16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND
17 I 08 17 I 16 /8.C3 Oil temperature
O 08 /7.A9 Puls power supply body O 16 Not available
18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND

S1 ­ position 3
S2 ­ position 5
E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 10­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item I/O module front body

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 25 24 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Tailgate left side panel

/19.A13

/20.C16
/20.C16
A A
GND

Low#1
High#1
­C831

­C102
11/12

10/12
9/12
­C831
11/12

10/12
9/12
/19.D2

­SP1
­SP2
1/12 (1)­24
­C102

12/12

B B

/7.C17
12/12
1/12

/28.F5

/4.A10
/7.A17
/18.A4
/18.A5

/16.E2
/14.C1

/9.C3
/9.A3

/29.A15
/28.A11
­C846

/18.C4
/18.C6
/11.A3
/11.A5
/9.A12
/14.A2

/11.B4
/11.B6
/9.B12

/12.A2
/12.B3

/13.A7
/14.A7
/14.A9
/13.A9
/28.A9

/13.B8
/13.B9

/13.E2
/13.E3
/15.F7
/15.F9
/14.A1

/14.C1
1/12
2/12
GND

GND
GND
GND
GND
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24
1/12
2/12

GND
GND
GND
GND

GND

GND
GND
GND
GND

GND
GND
GND
GND
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24

­C21
High#1

High#1
Low#1

Low#1
1/12

(1)­24
=Tailgate

GND

1/12
­C263

­C264

­C265

­C822

­C823

­C824
10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18
2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6

2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6
1/6

1/6
C C
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6

2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6
10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18
1/6

1/6
2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18
CAN_L

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_H
GND

GND
GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub
+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub
+Ub / GND / CAN bus X1 CR2012 X2 +Ub / GND / CAN bus X1 CR2012 X2
01 I 01 /7.C17 Q108L ­ Tailgate locked L 01 I 09 /13.C2 Lift up L 01 I 01 /13.C7 Start lifting L 01 I 09 /17.C11 Geesink arm L
02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub
03 I 02 /11.D3 Safety guard L / Q147L ­ Support jack up left 03 I 10 /13.C3 Lift down L 03 I 02 /14.C15 Pick up safety L 03 I 10 /14.C17 Pick up safety R GCB
04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub
05 I 03 /15.C3 Guide flap up L 05 I 11 /10.C2 Start packer L 05 I 03 /14.C9 Bin rim lock control L 05 I 11 /17.C10 Din arm L
06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub
07 I 04 /15.C4 Guide flap down L 07 I 12 /17.C3 Shake L 07 I 04 /17.C13 GD lifting arm L 07 I 12 /12.C8 Q26 ­ Check uncoupled frames / Q30 4­wheel detection
D D
08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub
09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub
10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub
11 I 05 /10.C13 Shortening yokestop 11 I 13 /15.C11 Buzzer L 11 I 05 FREE 11 I 13 /9.D3 Footboard left (AI)
12 I 06 /12.C2 4­wheel detection (to be tested) 12 I 14 /16.C2 Cover guide/bin catch L 12 I 06 FREE 12 I 14 /9.D12 Q111 posFootboardLeft
13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND
14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND
15 I 07 15 I 15 15 I 07 15 I 15 /12.C14 Coupling frames / Q94 Check tilting arm
O 07 /17.D3 Light shake button L O 15 /16.C2 Light button bin catch L O 07 /12.D14 Light button coupling frames O 15
16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND
17 I 08 17 I 16 /10.C3 Start compaction movement 17 I 08 /29.C15 Q149 ­ Support jack down left 17 I 16 /28.C9 Q114 Interlock ETB arm
O 08 /10.A2 Puls power supply L O 16 O 08 O 16
E E
18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND

­MOD2 ­MOD1
was MOD7a S1 ­ position 3 was MOD7b S1 ­ position 3
S2 ­ position 2 Used Standards Approvals
S2 ­ position 1 Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 6­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item I/O modules left side tailgate

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 26 25 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/10.F10
GND

/19.B16

/19.B16
/19.B16
/19.B17

/20.C14
/20.C14
/20.C15
/20.C15
A (1)­24 GND A
/3.F4 /27.A2

2/12
3/12
4/12
2/6
3/6
4/6
2/6
3/6
4/6
­C838

­C834
2/12
3/12
4/12

RSGND

Low#1
High#1
Low#1
High#1
1751

RxD
TxD
­C266

­C266
23/55
34/55

12/55
15/55

24/55

33/55

32/55
14/55
25/55
26/55
5/55

1/55

6/55
7/55
12/55
15/55

13/55

14/55
1/55
23/55
34/55

24/55

33/55

32/55

25/55
26/55
5/55

6/55
7/55
5 23 34 1 12 15 13 24 6 7 33 32 14 25 26

High#2
Test

High#1

Low#2
Error
VBBo

VBBs

RxD

TxD

Low#1
GND
GNDo
GNDs

GNDa
VBBr

B
Battery + Ground INPUTS CR7021 OUTPUTS RS­232 CAN­bus INPUTS OUTPUTS
B

08 I 00 /14.C2 Lift position left A 19 I 1.04 /4.D11 E­stop common switch


­MOD6 27 I 01 /4.D16 Rescue common signal 55 I 1.05 /11.D5 Safety guard down L
I/O module on tailgate 09 I 02 /14.C3 Lift position Left B 18 I 1.06 /4.D10 E­stop tailgate L
was MOD3
28 I 03 /4.D17 Rescue R 37 I 1.07 /13.C9 Start lifting L
10 I 04 /14.C5 Lift position Right A 39 I 1.08 /10.C4 End packer movement 1 O 08
29 I 05 /14.C7 Bin rim lock control L 03 I 1.09 FREE O 09
11 I 06 /14.C6 Lift position right B 40 I 1.10 /10.C6 End packer movement 2 O 10
30 I 07 /14.C11 Bin rim lock control R 22 I 1.11 Not available O 11 /29.C5 Support jack up R / Tilting arm up
44 I 08 Not available O 00 /10.E2 DumpValvePacker 41 I 1.12 /10.C8 End packer movement 3 O 12
45 I 09 Not available O 01 /7.D16 Buzzer tailgate open (DO) 42 I 1.13 /10.C10 End packer movement 4 O 13
C 46 I 10 Not available O 02 /29.C2 Support jack up Left 43 I 1.14 Not available O 14 /29.C7 Support jack down R / Tilting arm down C

47 I 11 Not available O 03 /29.C3 Support jack down Left 04 I 1.15 FREE O 15


20 I 12 /4.D15 E­stop switch R 48 O 1.00 /13.C3 Bin lift down L
02 I 13 /11.D9 Safety guard R 49 O 1.01 /13.C2 Bin lift up L
21 I 14 /4.D12 Rescue button L 31 O 1.02 /13.C13 Bin lift down R'
38 I 15 /13.C19 Start lifting R 50 O 1.03 /13.C11 Bin lift up R
36 51 O 1.04 /15.D9 Guide flap down
O 04 /10.E4 Extension movement (PWM)
54 O 05 /10.E6 Insertion movement (PWM) 52 O 1.05 /15.D7 Guide flap up
17 O 06 /10.E10 Compaction movement 16 O 1.06 /28.D6 ETB arms up
53 O 07 /10.E8 Scooping movement 35 O 1.07 /28.D7 ETB arms down

D D

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 10­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item I/O module tailgate roof

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 27 26 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/26.A4
Tailgate right side panel

11/12 GND

/20.D13
/20.D13
A A
6/6
­C838

­C834
11/12

Low#1
High#1
12/12
1/12

/13.A17

/14.A12
/13.A19
/28.A16

/13.B18
/13.B20

/18.C10

/29.A19
/10.A15

/13.E13
/14.A11

/13.E11
/18.C8

/14.C4
/7.A19

/7.B19
/19.C18

/19.C18
/10.C16

/11.B10

/14.C4
­C103

12/12
1/12

/4.A15

/18.A8
/18.A9

/16.E5

/11.A7
/11.A9
/9.A14
/14.A5
/14.A4

/11.B8

/9.B15
/9.C6
/9.A5
/29.F5
­C847

GND
GND
GND
GND

GND
GND
GND
GND
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
1/12
2/12

GND
GND
GND
GND

GND
GND
GND
GND
1/12 (1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24

(1)­24

(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
(1)­24
GND
1/12
2/12

B B
­C268 ­C28
1/12
­C267

­C269

­C825

­C826

­C827
10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18
2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6

2/6

5/6
6/6
1/6

1/6
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6

2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6
­C267

­C268

­C826
10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18

10/18

13/18
14/18
16/18
18/18
1/6

1/6
2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18

2/18
4/18
6/18
8/18
9/18
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 9 10 13 14 16 18
CAN_L

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_H
GND

GND
GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub
+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub

+Ub
+Ub / GND / CAN bus X1 CR2012 X2 +Ub / GND / CAN bus X1 CR2012 X2
01 I 01 /7.C18 Q108R ­ Tailgate locked R 01 I 09 /13.C11 Lift up R 01 I 01 /13.C18 Start lifting R 01 I 09 /17.C17 Geesink arm R
C 02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub 02 Power supply +Ub C

03 I 02 /11.D7 Safety guard R / Q147R Support jack up R 03 I 10 /13.C13 Lift down R 03 I 02 /14.C18 Pick up safety R 03 I 10 /14.C20 Spare input Split / Joystick center contact GAC
04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub 04 Power supply +Ub
05 I 03 /15.C7 Guide flap up R 05 I 11 /10.C17 Start packer R 05 I 03 /14.C13 Bin rim lock control R 05 I 11 /17.C16 DIN arm R
06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub 06 Power supply +Ub
07 I 04 /15.C9 Guide flap down R 07 I 12 /17.C6 Shaking R (Split) / S32 Support jack down (GAC) 07 I 04 /17.C19 GD lifting arm R 07 I 12 /12.C10 Q26 ­ Check coupled frames
08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub 08 Power supply +Ub
09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub 09 Power supply +Ub
10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub 10 Power supply +Ub
11 I 05 /28.C6 S28 ­ ETB lift up 11 I 13 /15.C16 Buzzer R 11 I 05 /28.C18 Lift lever ACB lifting 11 I 13 /9.D5 Footboard right (AI)
12 I 06 /10.C15 Guide flap sensor (AI) 12 I 14 /16.C5 Cover guide/bin catch R 12 I 06 /28.C20 Lift lever ACB tilting 12 I 14 /28.C13 S13 Selection GCB/ETB / Q111 Pos Footboard right
13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND 13 Ground GND
D D
14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND 14 Ground GND
15 I 07 15 I 15 15 I 07 15 I 15 /12.C17 Coupling frames / S32 Suppor tjack up
O 07 /17.D6 Light shake button R O 15 /16.C5 Light button bin catch R O 07 /12.D17 Light button coupling frames O 15
16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND 16 Ground GND
17 I 08 17 I 16 /10.C19 Start compaction movement 17 I 08 /29.C18 Q150 ­ Support jack down R 17 I 16 /28.C7 S29 ­ ETB lift down
O 08 /10.A17 Puls power supply R O 16 O 08 Not available O 16 Not available
18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND 18 Ground GND

­MOD4 ­MOD3
was MOD8a S1 ­ position 3 was MOD8b S1 ­ position 3
S2 ­ position 4 S2 ­ position 3
E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 18­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item I/O modules right side tailgate

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 28 27 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/25.B14

/25.B14
/10.A19
24pulsR Joystick option

(1)­24

1/4 (1)­24
only in case of

­C160
A Option­ Dual control ETB/ACB double function Een joystick A

­C868
Switches connected parallel L/R Added! Added!
+cp­ACB

­C159

­C158
1/4
1/6
+cp­INT2 +cp­T2 ­C173
+cp­INT1 (1)­24 1/6 1/6 (1)­24
/27.B14

1/4

1/4
24pulsR 24pulsR (1)­24 (1)­24
1/6

/15.A9 1 1 /17.A7 /29.B12 rd

13 13 13 13 br br 13
+ + | || ­S55y bl ­S55x wh
­S28L ­S29L ­S28R ­S29R ­Q114 ­Q94 ­S13 ACB lifting ACB tilting

Check ACB
Interlock ETB arm

tilting arm
no nc ­ no nc ­
Lifting ETB/ACB 14 Lifting ETB/ACB 14 Lifting ETB/ACB 14 Lifting ETB/ACB 14 Choice arm up/down bk og up/down
bk wh bl bk wh bl 14
device up device down GCB/ETB X ­ axis

10/12

11/12
device up device down 2 3 4 2 3 4

2/6 GND

3/6 1324
Y­axis

9/12
GCB/ACB

2/4

4/4

3/4
4/4
­C159

­C159

­C158

4/6

5/6
2/6

3/6
­C868

­C106

­C106

­C106
10/12

11/12
9/12
B B

2/6

4/6

5/6

3/6
­C173
3/4
4/4
3/4
4/4
­C160
­SP8

­C847
1017
­SP7

7/12

1142
­SP6 1017

1273

1269

1323
/9.C15
Pos. footboard sensor

7/12

/14.B20
GND

­C268

­C827

­C824

­C827

­C826
/29.E19

11/18

17/18

17/18

12/18

11/18

12/18
1360
11/18 /12.B15

17/18

17/18

12/18

11/18

12/18
C
C 11 17 17 12 11 12
­MOD4 I 05 ­MOD3 I 16 ­MOD1 I 16 ­MOD3 I 14 ­MOD3 I 05 ­MOD3 I 06
/27.D3 /27.D17 /25.E17 /27.D17 /27.D12 /27.D12
S28 ­ ETB lift up S29 ­ ETB lift down Q114 Interlock ETB arm S13 Selection GCB/ETB / Q111 Pos Footboard right Lift lever ACB lifting Lift lever ACB tilting

ETB arms up ETB arms down

­MOD6 O 1.06 ­MOD6 O 1.07


/26.D13 /26.D13
16 35
16/55

35/55
­C266

­C266
16/55

35/55

D D
11/12

/29.E6

/29.E7
1/12
­C163­C842

­C164­C842
11/12
1197 1/12

1314

1315
1/2 1198
1/2
1/2

1/2

A1 A1
A1 A1 ­HV21a ­HV21b
­HVP17a ­HVP17b ACB tilting ACB Tilting
A2 A2
5/12

6/12
ETB/ACB ETB/ACB arm up arm down
A2 A2

GND

GND
E E
arms up arms down
5/12

6/12
2/2

2/2

GND
/29.F2
2/2

2/2
­C846­C163

­C164

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date
3/12

4/12

Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 26­11­2014
GEESINKNORBA
3/12

4/12

Approve
GND Description
/25.B2 This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,

GAC ­ Bij de proto zijn 2 ventielen gebruikt voor ACB arm; is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split


GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
ACB/ETB functionality
ventiel rechts aangesloten ipv Split functie Location Derived from Previous item

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 29 28 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/25.B18
GEC GAC GAC/GEC GEC

/27.B18
A A

(1)­24
/24.A5
(1)­24 Option ­ Dual control ETB/ACB
Switches connected parallel L/R

­C175

(1)­24
1/4
+cp­RB +cp­SJ +cp­INT1 +cp­INT2

­C419

­C420
(1)­24 (1)­24

1/4
/17.A4 /28.A13

1/4

1/4
(1)­24 ­S8:24
/4.A4 1 1 1 1
was S34 br br was Q148 br was Q150 br
13 24 13 24 13 24 13 24
| 0 || | 0 || | 0 || | 0 || + + + +
­S32L ­S32R ­S32L ­S32R ­Q147L ­Q149L ­Q147R ­Q149R
no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­ no nc ­

Jack up Left

Jack down Left

Jack up Right

Jack down Right
Support jack 14 23 Support jack 14 23 Support jack 14 23 Support jack 14 23 bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl bk wh bl
B up/down B
up/down L up/down R up/down 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
7/12

8/12

7/12

5/12
2/4

3/4

4/6

5/6

was C106 pin 12

2/4

4/4

2/4

4/4
­C419

­C420
was C106 pin 11

2/4

3/4

4/6

5/6
­C175

­C868

­C106
­C3

­C3
7/12

8/12

7/12

5/12
1362

1280

1355

1456

­C847
1310

1312

1313
1311

­C272

­C272

­C823

­C826
­C271

­C271

6/12
12/18

15/18

17/18

17/18
1/18

3/18
1362 1104 1105

­C846

6/12
/12.B18 /11.C3 /11.C8

10/12
Connect on C146 Connect on C147
­C271
12/18

15/18

17/18

17/18
1/18

3/18
1280
12 15 1 3 /17.C7 17 17

10/12
C
C
­MOD5 I 06 ­MOD5 I 07 ­MOD5 I 09 ­MOD5 I 10 ­MOD1 I 08 ­MOD3 I 08
/24.D4 /24.D4 /24.C9 /24.C9 /25.E12 /27.D12
S32 Support jack up L S32 Support jack down L S34 Support jack up R S34 Support jack down R Q149 ­ Support jack down left Q150 ­ Support jack down R

Support jack up Left Support jack down Left Support jack up R / Tilting arm up Support jack down R / Tilting arm down GND


/29.F4
­MOD6 O 02 ­MOD6 O 03 ­MOD6 O 11 ­MOD6 O 14
/26.C7 /26.C7 /26.C13 /26.C13
46 47 22 43
46/55

47/55

22/55

43/55
­C266

­C266
46/55

47/55

22/55

43/55
12/12

12/12
7/12

7/12

D D
­C842

­C102

­C843

­C103
12/12

12/12
7/12

7/12
1308

1309

1314

1315
­C167

­C166

­C168

­C169
1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1314 1315
1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

/28.D18 /28.D20
GAC GAC
A1 A1 A1 A1
GND
­HV22a ­HV22b ­HV23a ­HV23b /28.C17
Support Support Support Support
E
jack up L A2 jack down L A2 jack up R A2 jack down B A2 E
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
­C846

­C847
7/12

8/12

3/12

4/12

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 26­11­2014
GEESINKNORBA
7/12

8/12

3/12

4/12

_
GND GND _
/28.E11 /29.C15 Approve
GND Description
/27.B2 This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F
GEC Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

GAC ­ one support jack central under TG; Location Derived from Previous item support jacks GEC/GAC

GEC ­ two support jacks, left and right; Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 41 29 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EVC070
1500mm
A ­C811 Conn. Cabin­CR1083 (Supply and I/O) A

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length


B 1 (1)­24 ­C810:3 ­W1 BN 0.34 mm² Brown 1500 ­C811 1
*5/5 50 mm
2 1001 ­C810:2 ­W1 WH 0.34 mm² White 1500 2 5 4
3
3 GND ­C810:12 ­W1 BU 0.34 mm² Blue 1500
4
5 (1)­24 ­C810:1 ­W1 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 1500

EVC094

­C812 Conn. Cabin­CR1083 (CAN#1) DTM04­12P


DTM04­12PA­E003
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C812
B B
1
*5/5 50 mm ­C810 Conn. Cabin­Body
2 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
3 1 (1)­24 ­C811:5 ­W1 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 1500
4 High#1 ­C810:4 ­W2 BK 0.34 mm² Black 1500 2 1001 ­C811:2 ­W1 WH 0.34 mm² White 1500
5 Low#1 ­C810:5 ­W2 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 1500 Conn. Cabin­Body 3 (1)­24 ­C811:1 ­W1 BN 0.34 mm² Brown 1500
4 High#1 ­C812:4 ­W2 BK 0.34 mm² Black 1500
EVC094 5 Low#1 ­C812:5 ­W2 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 1500
300 mm 6 H­Chs ­SP13:1 ­W10 8 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
­C813 Conn. Cabin­CR1083 (CAN#2) 7 L­Chs ­SP12:1 ­W10 6 0.75 mm² Green 250
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C813 Looming to cover the splices 8 H­TT ­SP10:1 ­W10 4 0.75 mm² Yellow 350
*5/5 50 mm 1100 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 100 mm 100 mm
1 9 L­TT ­SP11:1 ­W10 2 0.75 mm² Green 300
­C810

L­Chs
H­TT
2 10

L­TT

H­Chs
H­Chs­O ­C814:1 ­W4 BN 0.34 mm² Brown 1500

­SP10

­SP12

­SP13
­SP11
C C
*12/12
3 11 L­Chs­O ­C814:2 ­W4 WH 0.34 mm² White 1500
4 H­TT ­SP10:1 ­W3 BK 0.34 mm² Black 1150 12 GND ­C811:3 ­W1 BU 0.34 mm² Blue 1500
5 L­TT ­SP11:1 ­W3 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 1200

EVC094

­C814 Conn. Cabin­CR1083 (CAN#3/4)
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 H­Chs­O ­C810:10 ­W4 BN 0.34 mm² Brown 1500 ­C814
*5/5 50 mm
2 L­Chs­O ­C810:11 ­W4 WH 0.34 mm² White 1500
3
D 4 H­Chs ­SP13:1 ­W4 BK 0.34 mm² Black 1300 D

5 L­Chs ­SP12:1 ­W4 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 1250 DT04­3P­CE04


Resistor chassis CAN­bus
­C789 Resistor chassis CAN­bus
­R4 ­C789 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
*3/3 100 mm *3/3
A L­Chs ­SP12:1 ­W10 5 0.75 mm² Green 250
B H­Chs ­SP13:1 ­W10 7 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
C
Resistor Track&Trace CAN­bus DT04­3P­CE04

­C788 ­C788 Resistor Track&Trace CAN­bus


­R3 100 mm *3/3
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
E *3/3 E
A L­TT ­SP11:1 ­W10 1 0.75 mm² Green 300
B H­TT ­SP10:1 ­W10 3 0.75 mm² Yellow 350
C

FOR INFORMATION ONLY! Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 20­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Search item in SmartViewer
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
to see updated information.
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness display
+HCabin
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Cabin 41_1 41 OF  68 A3 5024032 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

Voorlopige situatie COAX aansluiting op display
B B

Conn. Camera Connection to display harness
5028305 M16 DIN connector 5028691 rev A 948110
Adapter cable M12­M16 Adapter cable M16­DTM Cable 21m
­C815 IFM E2M200 ­C815a ­C815b Orlaco 0302990
*5/5 *4/4 *4/4
­C816 ­C816
*6/6 *6/6
250mm 185mm
21000mm
(500mm)
C C

DTM06­6S­E005
EVC094
­C816 Conn. Camera
­C815 Conn. Cabin­CR1083 (Video input) No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C815a ­C815b 1 Video ­C815:4 ­W5 BK 0.34 mm² Black 1500
Video 1/4 1/4
1 2 SHD ­C815:3 ­W5 BU 0.34 mm² Blue 1500
SHD 2/4 2/4
2 ­C816 3 (1)­24
rd (1)­24 3/4 3/4 rd 3/6
3 SHD ­C816:2 ­W5 BU 0.34 mm² Blue 1500 4 GND ­C815b:4
bk GND 4/4 4/4 bk 4/6
4 Video ­C816:1 ­W5 BK 0.34 mm² Black 1500 5 overall shield
mirror og 6/6
D 5 6 (1)­24 D

overall shield 5/6
Video = 1 = Coax core
Video GND = 2 = Coax shielding
Power = 3 = Red
0V = 4 = Black
Overall Shielding = 5
Mirror = 6 = Orange = connect to pin 3

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 1­10­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Cables from display ­ pilot situation
+HCabin
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Cabin 42 41_1 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

DTM04­6P­E003
Crimp terminals to wires and
­C816 Connection to display harness deliver connectors C1, C14, C816, C810
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length separately in plastic bag (including wedge)
D 1 Video ­C98:V ­W122 Coax 0.14 mm² 10200 Conn. chassis­body
A
D 2 SHD ­SP210:1 ­W121 53 0.75 mm² Black 150 Connection to display harness A

D 3 (1)­24 ­SP200:1 ­W121 54 1.00 mm² Red 1600


H
J X
D 4 GND ­SP205:1 ­W121 56 1.00 mm² Blue 1850
K
B G
W
­C97

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
5
150 mm 1350 mm 100 mm L V *21/21
D 6 (1)­24 ­SP200:1 ­W121 55 1.00 mm² Red 1600 C A F

DTM06­12SA­E007 ­C816 M U

SHD
­SP210
D E
*6/6 N T
P S
­C810 R

Search item in SmartViewer
Connection to display harness
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Added!
1 (1)­24 ­SP200:1 ­W121 1 0.75 mm² Red 600 Connection to display harness
2 1001 ­C14:2 ­W121 5 0.75 mm² White 1000

B
3 (1)­24 ­SP200:1
4 High#1 ­SP202:1
5 Low#1 ­SP201:1
­W121
­W121
­W121
6
7
8
0.75 mm² Red
0.75 mm² Yellow
0.75 mm² Green
600
700
650
to see updated information. B

6 H­Chs ­SP203:1 ­W121 13 0.75 mm² Yellow 750


500 mm Connection cab ­ body
7 L­Chs ­SP204:1 ­W121 14 0.75 mm² Green 800
8 H­TT ­C98:L ­W121 15 0.75 mm² Yellow 9200 ­C810
*12/12
9 L­TT ­C98:M ­W121 16 0.75 mm² Green 9200 8600mm
H J
X
10
K
11
W
G B ­C98
100 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 8150 mm 100 mm 100 mm V L *21/21
12 GND ­SP205:1 ­W121 23 0.75 mm² Blue 850 F A C
U M

High#1

L­Chs
DT06­12SA­CE05

­N1
SHD
(1)­24

GND
Low#1

H­Chs
­SP200

­SP202

­SP203

­SP204

­SP205

­SP209
­SP201
E D
Connection to panel cp­CCB T N
S P
­C14 Connection to panel cp­CCB R
C
C
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length SP208 deleted
9200mm
1 (1)­24 ­SP200:1 ­W121 2 1.00 mm² Red 600
2 1001 ­C810:2 ­W121 5 0.75 mm² White 1000 ­C14
*12/12 500 mm
3 1246 ­C98:R ­W121 26 0.75 mm² White 9200 HDP24­24­21SE­L017 HDP26­24­21PE­L017
4 1245 ­C98:S ­W121 27 0.75 mm² White 9200
5 1193 ­C98:T ­W121 28 0.75 mm² White 9200 ­C97 Conn. chassis­body ­C98 Connection cab ­ body
6 1240 ­C98:U ­W121 29 0.75 mm² White 9200 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
7 24puls ­C98:W ­W121 52 0.75 mm² White 9200 A A
8 B GND ­C1:8 ­W121 50 2.50 mm² Blue 9200 B
9 Low#1 ­SP201:1 ­W121 9 0.75 mm² Green 650 C C
10 High#1 ­SP202:1 ­W121 11 0.75 mm² Yellow 700 D D (1)­24 ­C1:20 ­W121 57 2.50 mm² Red 9200 D
D 11 E (1)­24 ­SP200:1 ­W121 4 2.50 mm² Red 8600 E D

12 GND ­SP205:1 ­W121 30 1.00 mm² Blue 850 F GND ­C1:15 ­W121 39 2.50 mm² Blue 9200 F H­Chs ­SP203:1 ­W121 47 0.75 mm² Yellow 8450
1­967625­5 G GND ­SP205:1 ­W121 24 2.50 mm² Blue 8350 G
H H L­Chs ­SP204:1 ­W121 49 0.75 mm² Green 8400
­C1 Chassis connection Chassis connection
J J High#1 ­SP202:1 ­W121 12 0.75 mm² Yellow 8500
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length K K Low#1 ­SP201:1 ­W121 10 0.75 mm² Green 8550
1 L­Chs ­SP204:1 ­W121 48 0.75 mm² Green 800 ­C1 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 L L H­TT ­C810:8 ­W121 15 0.75 mm² Yellow 9200
*21/21 500 mm
2 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 M M L­TT ­C810:9 ­W121 16 0.75 mm² Green 9200
3 H­Chs ­SP203:1 ­W121 46 0.75 mm² Yellow 750 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 N 1005 ­C1:4 ­W121 43 1.00 mm² White 9200 N
3 6 9 15 18 21

4 1005 ­C97:N ­W121 43 1.00 mm² White 9200 P BAT ­C1:10 ­W121 42 1.00 mm² Red 9200 P SHD ­SP209:1 ­W121 37 0.75 mm² Black 200
5 1502 ­C97:R ­W121 44 2.50 mm² Red 9200 R 1502 ­C1:5 ­W121 44 2.50 mm² Red 9200 R 1246 ­C14:3 ­W121 26 0.75 mm² White 9200
6 (1)­24 ­C97:T ­W121 41 2.50 mm² Red 9200 S 1503 ­C1:9 ­W121 45 2.50 mm² Red 9200 S 1245 ­C14:4 ­W121 27 0.75 mm² White 9200
E E
7 T (1)­24 ­C1:6 ­W121 41 2.50 mm² Red 9200 T 1193 ­C14:5 ­W121 28 0.75 mm² White 9200
8 GND ­C97:B ­W121 50 2.50 mm² Blue 9200 U U 1240 ­C14:6 ­W121 29 0.75 mm² White 9200
9 1503 ­C97:S ­W121 45 2.50 mm² Red 9200 V D V Video ­C816:1 ­W122 Coax 0.14 mm² 10200
10 BAT ­C97:P ­W121 42 1.00 mm² Red 9200 W GND ­C1:21 ­W121 40 2.50 mm² Blue 9200 W 24puls ­C14:7 ­W121 52 0.75 mm² White 9200
11 (1)­24 ­SP200:1 ­W121 3 2.50 mm² Red 600 X X
12 Used Standards Approvals Owner
13 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
14
15 GND ­C97:F ­W121 39 2.50 mm² Blue 9200
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
16 GND ­SP205:1 ­W121 38 2.50 mm² Blue 850 This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
Description

17 demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
18 Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
19 is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
D 20 (1)­24 ­C97:D ­W121 57 2.50 mm² Red 9200 GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

21 GND ­C97:W ­W121 40 2.50 mm² Blue 9200 Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness cab
+HCab 5025304/5025296
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Cabin 70 42 OF  68 A3 5027427 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Integrated chassis en cabine harness!
Backshell and looming Conn. chassis­body
A
Chassis connection for both HDP connectors A

H
X
+HCab K
J

­C1 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 B G
W
­C97
*21/21 L V *21/21
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 C A F
CAN­Chassis M U
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 D E
3 6 9 15 18 21 N T
P S
R

Connection cab ­ body
B B

CAN#1
H
CAN­Chassis X J
K
CAN­Track&Trace W
G B ­C98
V L *21/21
F A C
U M
E D
T N
S P
R

Connection to panel cp­CCB
C C

­C14
*12/12
*6/6
­C810

­C816
*12/12*12/12

­C14
Conn. Camera

*12/12
Conn. Cabin­Body

*6/6
Conn. resistor Can­bus #1

­C170
*3/3

D D
Resistor chassis CAN­bus CAN#1

­C789
*3/3

Resistor Track&Trace CAN­bus

­C788
*3/3 CCB
E E
4
5
1

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date
2

Graphical symbols IEC 60617

GEESINKNORBA
*5/5

*5/5

*5/5

*5/5
­C812

­C813

­C814

­C815

Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 21­5­2014
­C811
*5/5

_
_
Approve
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
CAN#1 or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,

CAN­Chassis
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
CAN­Track&Trace Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness chassis/cabin

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 43 70 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

­C99
*21/21
To tailgate Front roof body
IFM CR7032
A A

right side left side
120mm 150mm

­C211
box for I/O module

*55/55
TraceWaste box

­C201 ­C6 LPC modem


*12/12 *12/12

(5022064)
­C848 ­C62 ­C3
*4/4 *4/4 *12/12

300mm
­C262
B B
*4/4

­C819 ­C435 ­C13


*12/12 *4/4 *4/4

­C145 ­C840
*4/4 *6/6

­C844 ­C175 ­C839


*6/6 *4/4 *6/6
2 3
1 75mm
175mm
­C821 ­C787
*12/12 *12/12
C C
­C531
*6/6

­C820 ­C794

Lighting
*12/12 *3/3

­C783
*3/3

250
­C817 ­C502
*12/12 *4/4

­C530
*4/4

­C818 ­C874
D
*12/12 *2/2 D
5 6
­C271
*6/6

­C272
­C270

*18/18

*18/18

4 250mm

Main hydraulic block
­C808

­C807

­C85

­C84

­C81
*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

*2/2
*2/2

*2/2
­C83

­C80

E E
800mm
­C801
*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

*2/2
­C802

­C82
­C803

­C809

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457

GEESINKNORBA
*4/4

*4/4

*4/4
­C806

­C805

­C804

_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
_
Approve
350mm
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
(On label 5028423) Connection box associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
­C97
*21/21 is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

­C98 Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body


Montage zie SK08764 *21/21 +HBody
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 43_1 43 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

HDP26­24­21PE­L017
Connection to chassis
­C97 Connection to chassis
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
A J H
X A
A
K
B GND ­C820:1 ­W131 84 2.50 mm² Blue 1925 ­C97 B G
W

*21/21 L V 200 mm
C C A F
M U
D D (1)­24 ­C874:1 ­W131 199 2.50 mm² Red 1650 D E
N T
E (1)­24 ­C818:1 ­W131 119 2.50 mm² Red 1825 P S
R
F GND ­SP309:1 ­W131 39 2.50 mm² Blue 1625
G GND ­C819:1 ­W131 85 2.50 mm² Blue 2125
H
J
K
800mm
L
M
B B
N 1005 ­C211:14 ­W131 33 0.75 mm² White 2050
800 mm X
P BAT ­C787:4 ­W131 139 1.00 mm² Red 1800 /43_2.E2
R 1502 ­C502:1 ­W131 37 2.50 mm² Red 1700

50 mm
S 1503 ­C502:2 ­W131 38 2.50 mm² Red 1700
T (1)­24 ­C817:1 ­W131 118 2.50 mm² Red 1875
U ­SP315
SHD
V
W GND ­C874:2 ­W131 198 2.50 mm² Blue 1650
X
Connection to cab harness
HDP24­24­21SE­L017
C C
H
­C98 Connection to cab harness X J
K
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C98 W
G B
*21/21 V L 150 mm
A F A C
U M
B E D
T N
C S P
R
D
E
F H­Chs ­SP302:1 ­W131 44 0.75 mm² Yellow 1485
G
H L­Chs ­SP301:1 ­W131 47 0.75 mm² Green 1440
J High#1 ­SP305:1 ­W131 65 0.75 mm² Yellow 1450
D K Low#1 ­SP304:1 ­W131 64 0.75 mm² Green 1400 D

L H­TT ­C787:10 ­W131 159 0.75 mm² Yellow 1800


M L­TT ­C787:9 ­W131 160 0.75 mm² Green 1800
N
P SHD ­SP315:1 ­W131 59 1.00 mm² Blue 150
R 1246 ­C211:52 ­W131 1 0.75 mm² White 2050
S 1245 ­C840:2 ­W131 2 0.75 mm² White 1750
T 1193 ­C211:54 ­W131 24 0.75 mm² White 2050
U 1240 ­C211:16 ­W131 32 0.75 mm² White 2050
V Video ­C531:1 ­W132 Coax 0.14 mm² 1600
D W 24puls ­SP308:1 ­W131 175 0.75 mm² White 1100
X
E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
_
_
Approve
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F

Search item in SmartViewer Location
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Derived from Previous item
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Wire harness body

to see updated information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+HBody
Higher Level Assignment

=Body
following page

43_2
5032573
page number

43_1 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5036387
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

P3 spool indication DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05


Prop. flow controller P3 Prop. pressure relief P3

­C806 ­C803 ­C803 Prop. flow controller P3 ­C808 Prop. pressure relief P3 ­C808


300 mm *4/4 350 mm *2/2 *2/2 350 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
A A
1 1182 ­C211:13 ­W131 15 0.75 mm² White 1750 1 1184 ­C211:9 ­W131 17 0.75 mm² White 1500
2 GND ­C820:6 ­W131 90 1.00 mm² Blue 1625 2 GND ­C821:3 ­W131 98 1.00 mm² Blue 1425
DT06­4S­CE05
Prop. flow controller P2 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 Prop. pressure relief P2
­C806 P3 spool indication
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C802 ­C802 Prop. flow controller P2 ­C807 Prop. pressure relief P2 ­C807
300 mm *2/2 *2/2 300 mm
1 5V ­C844:4 ­W131 62 0.75 mm² White 1785 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
2 1 1181 ­C211:12 ­W131 14 0.75 mm² White 1700 1 1183 ­C211:8 ­W131 16 0.75 mm² White 1450
3 GND ­C820:3 ­W131 87 1.00 mm² Blue 1635 2 GND ­C820:7 ­W131 91 1.00 mm² Blue 1575 2 GND ­C821:4 ­W131 99 1.00 mm² Blue 1375
4 1062 ­C211:35 ­W131 11 0.75 mm² White 1760

Prop. flow controller P1 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 Couple lifting frames


P2 spool indication
B B
­C801 ­C801 Prop. flow controller P1 ­C85 Couple lifting frames ­C85
­C805 250 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
*2/2 250 mm
250 mm *4/4
1 1180 ­C211:11 ­W131 13 0.75 mm² White 1650 1 1082 ­C211:5 ­W131 29 0.75 mm² White 1400
2 GND ­C820:8 ­W131 92 1.00 mm² Blue 1525 2 GND ­C821:5 ­W131 100 1.00 mm² Blue 1325

DT06­4S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 Tailgate close


Prop. flow valve ejector/tailgate

­C805 P2 spool indication ­C809 ­C809 Prop. flow valve ejector/tailgate ­C84 Tailgate close ­C84


200 mm *2/2 *2/2 250 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 5V ­C844:3 ­W131 61 0.75 mm² White 1735 1 1054 ­C211:15 ­W131 18 0.75 mm² White 1600 1 1196 ­C211:6 ­W131 23 0.75 mm² White 1400
2 2 GND ­C820:9 ­W131 93 1.00 mm² Blue 1475 2 GND ­C821:6 ­W131 101 1.00 mm² Blue 1325

C
3 GND ­C820:4 ­W131 88 1.00 mm² Blue 1585 C
4 1061 ­C211:34 ­W131 10 0.75 mm² White 1710 Ejector relief DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05
Ejector in
P1 spool indication ­C82 ­C82 Ejector relief ­C81 Ejector in
100 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C81
­C804 1 1052 ­C211:4 ­W131 21 0.75 mm² White 1500 1 1053 ­C211:2 ­W131 20 0.75 mm² White 1350
*2/2 200 mm
200 mm *4/4
2 GND ­C820:10 ­W131 94 1.00 mm² Blue 1375 2 GND ­C821:7 ­W131 102 1.00 mm² Blue 1275

Tailgate open DT06­2S­CE05
DT06­4S­CE05
­C83 ­C83 Tailgate open
­C804 P1 spool indication 150 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
D No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 1 1195 ­C211:7 ­W131 22 0.75 mm² White 1500 D

1 5V ­C844:2 ­W131 60 0.75 mm² White 1685 2 GND ­C820:11 ­W131 95 1.00 mm² Blue 1375
2
3 GND ­C820:5 ­W131 89 1.00 mm² Blue 1535 Ejector out DT06­2S­CE05
4 1060 ­C211:33 ­W131 9 0.75 mm² White 1660
­C80 ­C80 Ejector out
100 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 1051 ­C211:3 ­W131 19 0.75 mm² White 1450

300 mm
2 GND ­C821:2 ­W131 97 1.00 mm² Blue 1375
60 mm 50 mm 300 mm

E E

X 100 mm 100 mm X
/43_1.B18 /43_3.F2

24puls
­SP308
Used Standards Approvals Owner
name date

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on

Search item in SmartViewer
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

to see updated information. Location

+HBody
Higher Level Assignment
Derived from

following page
Previous item

5032573
page number Format item number
Wire harness body

drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 43_3 43_2 OF  68 A3 5036387 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

DT06­12SA­CE05 DT06­12SA­CE05
Connection Track&Trace Splice conn. GND
­C787 Connection Track&Trace ­C821 Splice conn. GND
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C272:8 ­W131 130 1.00 mm² Red 730 1 GND ­C820:12 ­W131 96 1.00 mm² Blue 450
A ­C787 2 ­C821 2 GND ­C80:2 ­W131 97 1.00 mm² Blue 1375 A
250 mm *12/12 250 mm *12/12
DTM06­6S­E005 3 3 GND ­C808:2 ­W131 98 1.00 mm² Blue 1425
4 BAT ­C97:P ­W131 139 1.00 mm² Red 1800 4 GND ­C807:2 ­W131 99 1.00 mm² Blue 1375
­C531 Connection to lighting harness 5 L­wgh ­C783:A ­W131 42 0.75 mm² Green 425 5 GND ­C85:2 ­W131 100 1.00 mm² Blue 1325
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Connection to lighting harness 6 H­wgh ­C783:B ­W131 43 0.75 mm² Yellow 425 6 GND ­C84:2 ­W131 101 1.00 mm² Blue 1325
1 Video ­C98:V ­W132 Coax 0.14 mm² 1600 7 L­Chs ­SP301:1 ­W131 173 0.75 mm² Green 360 7 GND ­C81:2 ­W131 102 1.00 mm² Blue 1275
2 SHD ­SP316:1 ­W131 177 1.00 mm² Blue 100 8 H­Chs ­SP302:1 ­W131 171 0.75 mm² Yellow 315 8 GND
3 (1)­24 ­C818:8 ­W131 135 1.00 mm² Red 675 9 L­TT ­C98:M ­W131 160 0.75 mm² Green 1800 9 GND ­C531:4 ­W131 57 1.00 mm² Blue 825
100 mm
4 GND ­C821:9 ­W131 57 1.00 mm² Blue 825 10 H­TT ­C98:L ­W131 159 0.75 mm² Yellow 1800 10
5 ­C531 11 11
*6/6 Splice conn. GND
6 12 GND ­C272:18 ­W131 104 1.00 mm² Blue 730 12 GND ­C99:D ­W131 107 2.50 mm² Blue 11725
DT06­3S­CE13 DT06­12SA­CE05
B B
DT04­3P­CE04 End resistor CAN chassis
­C783 CAN­bus weighing Trace Waste ­C820 Splice conn. GND
­C794 End resistor CAN chassis ­SP316 ­C794 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C820 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
SHD 200 mm *3/3 200 mm *12/12
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length A L­wgh ­C787:5 ­W131 42 0.75 mm² Green 425 1 GND ­C97:B ­W131 84 2.50 mm² Blue 1925
A L­Chs ­SP301:1 ­W131 174 0.75 mm² Green 310 B H­wgh ­C787:6 ­W131 43 0.75 mm² Yellow 425 2
B H­Chs ­SP302:1 ­W131 172 0.75 mm² Yellow 265 C 3 GND ­C806:3 ­W131 87 1.00 mm² Blue 1635
C DTP06­4S­CE03 4 GND ­C805:3 ­W131 88 1.00 mm² Blue 1585
5 GND ­C804:3 ­W131 89 1.00 mm² Blue 1535
­C502 Pwr.work light/rot. beacon 6 GND ­C803:2 ­W131 90 1.00 mm² Blue 1625
­C783 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 7 GND ­C802:2 ­W131 91 1.00 mm² Blue 1575
175 mm *3/3
1 1502 ­C97:R ­W131 37 2.50 mm² Red 1700 8 GND ­C801:2 ­W131 92 1.00 mm² Blue 1525

C
2 1503 ­C97:S ­W131 38 2.50 mm² Red 1700 9 GND ­C809:2 ­W131 93 1.00 mm² Blue 1475 C
125 mm

3 GND ­SP309:1 ­W131 197 2.50 mm² Blue 225 Splice connector (1)­24 10 GND ­C82:2 ­W131 94 1.00 mm² Blue 1375
4 GND ­SP309:1 ­W131 40 2.50 mm² Blue 225 11 GND ­C83:2 ­W131 95 1.00 mm² Blue 1375
Pwr.work light/rot. beacon DT06­4S­CE05 12 GND ­C821:1 ­W131 96 1.00 mm² Blue 450

­C502 ­C530 Connection to Lighting module ­C817 DT06­12SA­CE05


150 mm *4/4 150 mm *12/12
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C818:9 ­W131 136 1.00 mm² Red 400 ­C817 Splice connector (1)­24
2 Low#4 ­SP319:1 ­W131 184 0.75 mm² Green 1125 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
3 High#4 ­SP320:1 ­W131 189 0.75 mm² Yellow 1175 1 (1)­24 ­C97:T ­W131 118 2.50 mm² Red 1875
Connection to Lighting module 4 GND ­C819:7 ­W131 113 1.00 mm² Blue 1200 2 (1)­24 ­C270:1 ­W131 120 1.00 mm² Red 525
DT06­12SA­CE05 3
D ­C530 4 D
125 mm *4/4 ­C818 Splice connector (1)­24 5
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 6
1 (1)­24 ­C97:E ­W131 119 2.50 mm² Red 1825 Splice connector (1)­24 7
2 8
DT06­2S­CE05 Connection washing unit 3 9
4 (1)­24 ­C99:B ­W131 131 2.50 mm² Red 11575 10 (1)­24 ­C201:1 ­W131 126 1.00 mm² Red 1325
­C874 Connection washing unit ­C874 5 (1)­24 ­C211:1 ­W131 132 1.00 mm² Red 1275 ­C818 11 (1)­24
*2/2 100 mm *12/12
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 6 (1)­24 ­C211:10 ­W131 133 1.00 mm² Red 1275 12 (1)­24 ­C99:E ­W131 128 2.50 mm² Red 11625
1 (1)­24 ­C97:D ­W131 199 2.50 mm² Red 1650 7 (1)­24 ­C211:19 ­W131 134 1.00 mm² Red 1275
2 GND ­C97:W ­W131 198 2.50 mm² Blue 1650 8 (1)­24 ­C531:3 ­W131 135 1.00 mm² Red 675
6 5 9 (1)­24 ­C530:1 ­W131 136 1.00 mm² Red 400
E
10 4 E

11 (1)­24 ­C211:32 ­W131 142 1.00 mm² Red 1275


175mm
12

65 mm 45 mm 65 mm 75 mm 100 mm X


/43_5.F3
L­Chs

GND
H­Chs
­SP302

­SP309

Approvals Owner
­SP301

Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date

GEESINKNORBA
75 mm

Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
_
Approve
X 100 mm X
/43_2.E19 /43_4.F2 Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on

F
FOR INFORMATION ONLY! demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Search item in SmartViewer
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body
+HBody 5032573 5036387

1
to see updated information.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Higher Level Assignment

=Body
following page

43_4
page number

43_3 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5036387
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

DT06­12SA­CE05 DT06­12SA­CE05

­C6
No.
Control panel front body cp­FB
signal target
1 (1)­24 ­C271:4
cable core cross­sec. colour
­W131 54 1.00 mm² Red
length
1275
Control panel front body cp­FB
­C201
No.
1 (1)­24 ­C817:10
Special connector
signal target cable core cross­sec. colour
­W131 126 1.00 mm² Red
length
1325
Special connector FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Search item in SmartViewer
A A
2 1239 ­C848:1 ­W131 194 0.75 mm² White 800 D 2
3 1245 ­C840:4 ­W131 4 0.75 mm² White 375 3 1504 ­C211:18 ­W131 30 0.75 mm² White 1000
4 24puls ­SP308:1 ­W131 176 0.75 mm² White 775 D ­C6 4 1505 ­C211:17 ­W131 31 0.75 mm² White 1000 ­C201
*12/12 250 mm *12/12 250 mm
5 1029 ­C271:11 ­W131 162 0.75 mm² White 1275 5 Low#3 ­SP317:1 ­W131 154 0.75 mm² Green 625
6
7 1030 ­C272:5
8 1033 ­C272:7
­W131
­W131
164
165
0.75 mm² White
0.75 mm² White
1305
1305
6 High#3 ­SP318:1
7 Low#4 ­SP319:1
8 High#4 ­SP320:1
­W131
­W131
­W131
151
183
188
0.75 mm² Yellow
0.75 mm² Green
0.75 mm² Yellow
575
1000
1050
to see updated information.
9 1032 ­C272:11 ­W131 166 0.75 mm² White 1305 9 Low#1 ­SP306:1 ­W131 75 0.75 mm² Green 675
10 D 10 High#1 ­SP307:1 ­W131 74 0.75 mm² Yellow 725
11 2013 ­C272:15 ­W131 168 0.75 mm² White 1305 11
12 GND ­C271:14 ­W131 56 1.00 mm² Blue 1275 12 GND ­C819:2 ­W131 108 1.00 mm² Blue 575
DT06­12SA­CE05 DT06­4S­CE05
B
Control panel rear body cp­RB Added! B

­C3 Control panel rear body cp­RB ­C62 HPS1 ­ Pressure sensor DT06­4S­CE05


No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length HPS1 ­ Pressure sensor Extra emergency stop
1 (1)­24 ­C271:2 ­W131 50 1.00 mm² Red 1225 1 (1)­24 ­C271:9 ­W131 124 1.00 mm² Red 1400 ­C848 Extra emergency stop
2 1241 ­C211:36 ­W131 6 0.75 mm² White 775 ­C3 D 2 1067 ­C272:12 ­W131 167 0.75 mm² White 1430 ­C62 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C848
*12/12 200 mm *4/4 200 mm *4/4 200 mm
3 1245 ­C840:3 ­W131 3 0.75 mm² White 325 3 1 1239 ­C6:2 ­W131 194 0.75 mm² White 800
4 24puls ­SP308:1 ­W131 161 0.75 mm² White 725 D 4 GND ­C271:16 ­W131 106 1.00 mm² Blue 1400 2 1239 ­C211:21 ­W131 7 0.75 mm² White 1125
5 1027 ­C271:5 ­W131 52 0.75 mm² White 1225 DT06­4S­CE05 3 1245 ­C840:5 ­W131 195 0.75 mm² White 675
6 1028 ­C271:7 ­W131 53 0.75 mm² White 1225 4 (1)­24 ­C272:9 ­W131 196 1.00 mm² Red 1605
7 1310 ­C271:12 ­W131 163 0.75 mm² White 1225 ­C262 HPS3 ­ Press filter control HPS3 ­ Press filter control
8 1311 ­C271:15 ­W131 180 0.75 mm² White 1225 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
9 1 (1)­24 ­C271:10 ­W131 123 1.00 mm² Red 1375 ­C262 C
C
*4/4 175 mm
10 2 1068 ­C271:3 ­W131 27 0.75 mm² White 1375 DT06­12SA­CE05
11 3
12 GND ­C271:13 ­W131 55 1.00 mm² Blue 1225 4 ­C819 Splice connector GND Splice connector GND
DT06­4S­CE05 DT06­4S­CE05 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
Q65 ­ oil level ind. and temperature HPS4 ­ Return filter control 1 GND ­C97:G ­W131 85 2.50 mm² Blue 2125
­C13 Q65 ­ oil level ind. and temperature ­C435 HPS4 ­ Return filter control 2 GND ­C201:12 ­W131 108 1.00 mm² Blue 575
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C13 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C435 3 GND ­C270:2 ­W131 109 1.00 mm² Blue 1625 ­C819
*4/4 150 mm *4/4 150 mm *12/12 150 mm
1 (1)­24 ­C272:4 ­W131 122 1.00 mm² Red 1205 1 (1)­24 ­C271:6 ­W131 125 1.00 mm² Red 1350 4 GND ­C211:20 ­W131 110 1.00 mm² Blue 1075
2 1295 ­C211:24 ­W131 25 0.75 mm² White 725 2 1125 ­C271:1 ­W131 28 0.75 mm² White 1350 5 GND ­C211:37 ­W131 111 1.00 mm² Blue 1075
3 GND ­C272:14 ­W131 114 1.00 mm² Blue 1205 3 6 GND ­C211:42 ­W131 112 1.00 mm² Blue 1075
4 1297 ­C272:17 ­W131 26 0.75 mm² White 1205 4 7 GND ­C530:4 ­W131 113 1.00 mm² Blue 1200
Splice connector E­stop signal Q58 ­ Door in body
D DT06­6S­CE05 DT06­4S­CE05 8 D

9
­C840 Splice connector E­stop signal ­C840 ­C145 Q58 ­ Door in body ­C145 10
*6/6 125 mm *4/4 125 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 11
1 1245 ­C211:53 ­W131 5 0.75 mm² White 700 1 (1)­24 ­C272:2 ­W131 121 1.00 mm² Red 1355 12 GND ­C99:G ­W131 117 2.50 mm² Blue 11375
2 1245 ­C98:S ­W131 2 0.75 mm² White 1750 D 2 1023 ­C211:23 ­W131 8 0.75 mm² White 875 DT06­6S­CE05
3 1245 ­C3:3 ­W131 3 0.75 mm² White 325 Connection for modem 3 GND ­C272:13 ­W131 105 1.00 mm² Blue 1355 Splice 5V signal
4 1245 ­C6:3 ­W131 4 0.75 mm² White 375 4 Control panel support jack cp­SJ ­C844 Splice 5V signal
5 1245 ­C848:3 ­W131 195 0.75 mm² White 675 DT06­4S­CE05 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
6 ­C839 ­C175 1 5V ­C211:51 ­W131 36 0.75 mm² White 1025 ­C844
DT06­6S­CE05
*6/6 100 mm ­C175 Control panel support jack cp­SJ *4/4
2 5V ­C804:1 ­W131 60 0.75 mm² White 1685
*6/6 100 mm

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 3 5V ­C805:1 ­W131 61 0.75 mm² White 1735

100 mm
E ­C839 Connection for modem 1 (1)­24 ­C271:8 ­W131 193 1.00 mm² Red 1300 4 5V ­C806:1 ­W131 62 0.75 mm² White 1785
E

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 2 1312 ­C272:1 ­W131 181 0.75 mm² White 1330 2 5 1
1 GND ­C272:16 ­W131 116 1.00 mm² Blue 1155 3 3 1313 ­C272:3 ­W131 182 0.75 mm² White 1330 6
2 (1)­24 ­C272:6 ­W131 137 1.00 mm² Red 1155 4
75 mm 175 mm 175 mm
3
4 High#3 ­SP318:1 ­W131 76 0.75 mm² Yellow 250 Used Standards Approvals Owner
5 Low#3 ­SP317:1 ­W131 77 0.75 mm² Green 300 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
6
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 21­2­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
X 100 mm 50 mm 100 mm X associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F
/43_3.F9 /43_6.F2 Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
High#1
Low#1
­SP304

­SP305

is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body
+HBody 5032573
250mm Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 43_5 43_4 OF  68 A3 5036387 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

929504­2

­C270 I/O module 5
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C817:2 ­W131 120 1.00 mm² Red 525
A A
2 GND ­C819:3 ­W131 109 1.00 mm² Blue 1625
3 (1)­24 I/O module 5
4 GND ­C270
*6/6 200 mm
5 Low#1 ­SP304:1 ­W131 71 0.75 mm² Green 900
6 High#1 ­SP305:1 ­W131 70 0.75 mm² Yellow 950

929504­6

­C272 I/O module 5 X2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 1312 ­C175:2 ­W131 181 0.75 mm² White 1330
2 (1)­24 ­C145:1 ­W131 121 1.00 mm² Red 1355
B B
3 1313 ­C175:3 ­W131 182 0.75 mm² White 1330
4 (1)­24 ­C13:1 ­W131 122 1.00 mm² Red 1205
5 1030 ­C6:7 ­W131 164 0.75 mm² White 1305
I/O module 5
6 (1)­24 ­C839:2 ­W131 137 1.00 mm² Red 1155
7 1033 ­C6:8 ­W131 165 0.75 mm² White 1305
8 (1)­24 ­C787:1 ­W131 130 1.00 mm² Red 730 ­C272
*18/18 130 mm
D 9 (1)­24 ­C848:4 ­W131 196 1.00 mm² Red 1605
10 #114
11 1032 ­C6:9 ­W131 166 0.75 mm² White 1305
D 12 1067 ­C62:2 ­W131 167 0.75 mm² White 1430
13 GND ­C145:3 ­W131 105 1.00 mm² Blue 1355

C
14 GND ­C13:3 ­W131 114 1.00 mm² Blue 1205 C
15 2013 ­C6:11 ­W131 168 0.75 mm² White 1305
16 GND ­C839:1 ­W131 116 1.00 mm² Blue 1155
17 1297 ­C13:4 ­W131 26 0.75 mm² White 1205
18 GND ­C787:12 ­W131 104 1.00 mm² Blue 730
929504­6 I/O module 5
­C271
­C271 I/O module 5 X1 *18/18 100 mm

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length


1 1125 ­C435:2 ­W131 28 0.75 mm² White 1350
2 (1)­24 ­C3:1 ­W131 50 1.00 mm² Red 1225
3 1068 ­C262:2 ­W131 27 0.75 mm² White 1375
D 4 (1)­24 ­C6:1 ­W131 54 1.00 mm² Red 1275 D

5 1027 ­C3:5 ­W131 52 0.75 mm² White 1225


6 (1)­24 ­C435:1 ­W131 125 1.00 mm² Red 1350
7 1028 ­C3:6 ­W131 53 0.75 mm² White 1225
8 (1)­24 ­C175:1 ­W131 193 1.00 mm² Red 1300
9 (1)­24 ­C62:1 ­W131 124 1.00 mm² Red 1400

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
10 (1)­24 ­C262:1 ­W131 123 1.00 mm² Red 1375
11 1029 ­C6:5 ­W131 162 0.75 mm² White 1275
12 1310 ­C3:7 ­W131 163 0.75 mm² White 1225
13 GND ­C3:12 ­W131 55 1.00 mm² Blue 1225

D
14
15
16
17
GND
1311
GND
24puls
­C6:12
­C3:8
­C62:4
­SP308:1
­W131
­W131
­W131
­W131
56
180
106
51
1.00 mm²
0.75 mm² White
1.00 mm²
0.75 mm² White
Blue

Blue
1275
1225
1400
900
Search item in SmartViewer E

18 GND

to see updated information.
Used Standards Approvals Owner
X 175 mm name date
/43_3.E19 Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 24­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body
+HBody 5032573
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 43_6 43_5 OF  68 A3 5036387 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

828907­1
Use wire seals
­C211
No.
1 (1)­24
Master I/O module
signal target
­C818:5
cable core cross­sec. colour
­W131 132 1.00 mm² Red
length
1275
item 5025146/5025160
AMP part 828904­1/828905­1 FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Search item in SmartViewer
A A
2 1053 ­C81:1 ­W131 20 0.75 mm² White 1350
3 1051 ­C80:1 ­W131 19 0.75 mm² White 1450
4 1052 ­C82:1 ­W131 21 0.75 mm² White 1500
5 1082 ­C85:1 ­W131 29 0.75 mm² White 1400
6
7
8
1196
1195
1183
­C84:1
­C83:1
­C807:1
­W131
­W131
­W131
23
22
16
0.75 mm² White
0.75 mm² White
0.75 mm² White
1400
1500
1450
to see updated information.

­C211
9 1184 ­C808:1 ­W131 17 0.75 mm² White 1500

Master I/O module
Connection to tailgate

*55/55
10 (1)­24 ­C818:6 ­W131 133 1.00 mm² Red 1275
11 1180 ­C801:1 ­W131 13 0.75 mm² White 1650
12 1181 ­C802:1 ­W131 14 0.75 mm² White 1700
H
J X
13 1182 ­C803:1 ­W131 15 0.75 mm² White 1750
B K B
14 1005 ­C97:N ­W131 33 0.75 mm² White 2050 B G
W
­C99
10150 mm L V *21/21
15 1054 ­C809:1 ­W131 18 0.75 mm² White 1600 C A F
M U
16 1240 ­C98:U ­W131 32 0.75 mm² White 2050 D E
N T
17 1505 ­C201:4 ­W131 31 0.75 mm² White 1000 P S
R
18 1504 ­C201:3 ­W131 30 0.75 mm² White 1000
19 (1)­24 ­C818:7 ­W131 134 1.00 mm² Red 1275
20 GND ­C819:4 ­W131 110 1.00 mm² Blue 1075
21 1239 ­C848:2 ­W131 7 0.75 mm² White 1125
22 1324 ­C99:N ­W131 12 0.75 mm² White 10700 HDP24­24­21SE­L017
23 1023 ­C145:2 ­W131 8 0.75 mm² White 875
24 1295 ­C13:2 ­W131 25 0.75 mm² White 725 ­C99 Connection to tailgate

C
25 RxD ­C99:S ­W131 144 0.75 mm² Grey 10700 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length C
26 Low#4 ­SP321:1 ­W131 186 0.75 mm² Green 500 A
27 Low#3 ­SP312:1 ­W131 155 0.75 mm² Green 300 B (1)­24 ­C818:4 ­W131 131 2.50 mm² Red 11575
28 Low#1 ­SP306:1 ­W131 149 0.75 mm² Green 325 C
29 Low#1 ­SP306:1 ­W131 82 0.75 mm² Green 325 D GND ­C821:12 ­W131 107 2.50 mm² Blue 11725
30 USB_P E (1)­24 ­C817:12 ­W131 128 2.50 mm² Red 11625
31 D F 1321 ­C211:40 ­W131 200 0.75 mm² White 10700
32 (1)­24 ­C818:11 ­W131 142 1.00 mm² Red 1275 G GND ­C819:12 ­W131 117 2.50 mm² Blue 11375
33 1060 ­C804:4 ­W131 9 0.75 mm² White 1660 H 1319 ­C211:41 ­W131 34 0.75 mm² White 10700
34 1061 ­C805:4 ­W131 10 0.75 mm² White 1710 ­SP322 J 1323 ­C211:55 ­W131 35 0.75 mm² White 10700
High#4
35 1062 ­C806:4 ­W131 11 0.75 mm² White 1760 K 1750 ­C211:50 ­W131 41 1.00 mm² Red 10700

50 mm
36 1241 ­C3:2 ­W131 6 0.75 mm² White 775 L 1171 ­C211:38 ­W131 169 0.75 mm² White 10700
D 37 GND ­C819:5 ­W131 111 1.00 mm² Blue 1075 M 1163 ­C211:39 ­W131 170 0.75 mm² White 10700 D

38 1171 ­C99:L ­W131 169 0.75 mm² White 10700 ­SP321 D N 1324 ­C211:22 ­W131 12 0.75 mm² White 10700
Low#4
39 1163 ­C99:M ­W131 170 0.75 mm² White 10700 P Low#1 ­SP306:1 ­W131 80 0.75 mm² Green 10625

50 mm
40 1321 ­C99:F ­W131 200 0.75 mm² White 10700 R High#1 ­SP307:1 ­W131 81 0.75 mm² Yellow 10575
41 1319 ­C99:H ­W131 34 0.75 mm² White 10700 S RxD ­C211:25 ­W131 144 0.75 mm² Grey 10700
42 GND ­C819:6 ­W131 112 1.00 mm² Blue 1075 ­SP320 T TxD ­C211:43 ­W131 143 0.75 mm² Orange 10700
200 mm

High#4
43 TxD ­C99:T ­W131 143 0.75 mm² Orange 10700 U Low#3 ­SP312:1 ­W131 156 0.75 mm² Green 10400
50 mm

44 High#4 ­SP322:1 ­W131 191 0.75 mm² Yellow 550 V High#3 ­SP313:1 ­W131 153 0.75 mm² Yellow 10350
45 High#3 ­SP313:1 ­W131 152 0.75 mm² Yellow 350 W Low#4 ­SP321:1 ­W131 187 0.75 mm² Green 10200
46 High#1 ­SP307:1 ­W131 146 0.75 mm² Yellow 275 ­SP319 X High#4 ­SP322:1 ­W131 192 0.75 mm² Yellow 10150
Low#4
47 High#1 ­SP307:1 ­W131 83 0.75 mm² Yellow 275
50 mm

48 USB_N
E E
49 #15
50 1750 ­C99:K ­W131 41 1.00 mm² Red 10700 ­SP313
High#3
51 5V ­C844:1 ­W131 36 0.75 mm² White 1025
50 mm

52 1246 ­C98:R ­W131 1 0.75 mm² White 2050


53 1245 ­C840:1 ­W131 5 0.75 mm² White 700
54 1193 ­C98:T ­W131 24 0.75 mm² White 2050 ­SP312 Used Standards Approvals Owner
Low#3 name date
55 1323 ­C99:J ­W131 35 0.75 mm² White 10700 Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 3­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
X 75 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 75 mm 100 mm
/43_4.F7 demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
High#1
Low#3
High#3

Low#1
­SP318

­SP317

­SP306

­SP307

Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body
+HBody 5032573
300mm Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 44 43_6 OF  68 A3 5036387 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2250mm

­C99
200mm 725mm *21/21 110mm 225mm

990mm

260mm

365mm
A A

200mm
­C845 ­C24
*4/4 *6/6

600mm
­C838
*6/6

470mm
­C65 ­C32
*12/12 *2/2

120mm
­C75 ­C834
*2/2 *12/12

­C202 ­C33
*12/12 *2/2
B
8 ­C74 ­C162
B

*2/2 *2/2

1700mm
­C128

­C832

­C836

­C34
­C52

­C59

­C61

*2/2
*4/4

*4/4

*4/4

*4/4

*6/6

*6/6

7 5

­C266
*55/55
I/O module ­C835 center I/O module
*12/12 6 4
800mm

IFM CR7021
I/O module I/O module

­C831
*12/12
C C

9
­C150

­C196

­C195

­C194

­C146

­C147

­C193

­C197

­C198

­C152
1
­C67

­C68
­C8

­C9
*4/4

*4/4

*6/6

*6/6

*6/6

*4/4

*4/4

*4/4

*4/4

*6/6

*6/6

*6/6

*4/4

*4/4
­C102

­C842

­C843

­C103
­C238

­C107

­C239
­C20

*12/12

*12/12

*12/12

*12/12
*12/12

*12/12
10
*6/6

*6/6
2
*12/12

*12/12

*12/12

*12/12
D D
­C154

­C114

­C844

­C159

­C113

­C106

­C28
11
­C21

­C31
3
*12/12

*12/12

*12/12

*12/12
*4/4

*6/6

*4/4

*4/4

*4/4
*6/6
­C780
12
­C160

­C846

­C419

­C868

­C420

­C847

­C173
13

C707
*12/12

*12/12
*4/4

*4/4

*6/6

*4/4

*6/6
E E
­C35
*9/9
­C76 ­C77 ­C78 ­C79
*2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

­C87 ­C88 ­C169 ­C168


*2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

­C163 ­C164 Used Standards Approvals Owner


*2/2 *2/2 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
­C166
*2/2
­C167
*2/2
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 4­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness tailgate
+HTail
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 44a 44 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Roof tailgate
A A

(2250mm)

125mm 333mm

200mm 390mm
340mm 225mm

260mm

365mm

465mm
246+ 245+
B   14 220 B
325+
  40

120mm

105mm
Special
Controls Controls

C C

D D

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 5­6­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Position components on  tailgate

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 44_1 44a OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

DT06­4S­CE05

­C52 Connection to yoke harness Connection to yoke harness


No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C836:3 ­W141 86 1.00 mm² Red 475 ­C52
A *4/4 300 mm A
2 1063 ­C266:39 ­W141 118 0.75 mm² White 5375
3 1065 ­C266:41 ­W141 120 0.75 mm² White 5375
4 GND ­C832:3 ­W141 62 1.00 mm² Blue 500
DT06­4S­CE05
Q2 ­ End movement 2
­C59 Q2 ­ End movement 2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C59
*4/4 275 mm
1 (1)­24 ­C836:4 ­W141 87 1.00 mm² Red 450
2 1064 ­C266:40 ­W141 119 0.75 mm² White 5350
3
4 GND ­C832:4 ­W141 63 1.00 mm² Blue 475
DT06­4S­CE05 Q4 ­ End movement 4
B B

­C61 Q4 ­ End movement 4 ­C61


*4/4 250 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C836:2 ­W141 85 1.00 mm² Red 425
2 1066 ­C266:42 ­W141 117 0.75 mm² White 5325
DT06­12SA­CE05 3
4 GND ­C832:2 ­W141 61 1.00 mm² Blue 450 Q5 ­ Shortening yoke stop
­C102 Connection to left side harness DT06­4S­CE05
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C128
1 (1)­24 ­C835:12 ­W141 32 1.00 mm² Red 2710 ­C128 Q5 ­ Shortening yoke stop *4/4 225 mm

2 1247 ­C202:2 ­W141 171 0.75 mm² White 2660 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
3 1248 ­SP401:1 ­W141 95 0.75 mm² White 3665 Connection to left side harness 1 (1)­24 ­C836:5 ­W141 88 1.00 mm² Red 400
C C
4 1250 ­SP402:1 ­W141 99 0.75 mm² White 3715 2 1050 ­C102:8 ­W141 106 0.75 mm² White 1275 Splice connector GND
5 1249 ­C266:21 ­W141 98 0.75 mm² White 4525 3 GND ­C832:5 ­W141 64 1.00 mm² Blue 425
6 1277 ­C266:37 ­W141 104 0.75 mm² White 4525 4
7 1309 ­C266:47 ­W141 126 0.75 mm² White 4525 ­C102 DT06­6S­CE05 ­C832
*12/12 250 mm *6/6 200 mm
8 1050 ­C128:2 ­W141 106 0.75 mm² White 1275
9 Low#1 ­SP407:1 ­W141 6 0.75 mm² Green 350 ­C832 Splice connector GND
10 High#1 ­SP408:1 ­W141 15 0.75 mm² Yellow 400 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
11 1129 ­C266:29 ­W141 107 0.75 mm² White 4525 1 GND ­C831:12 ­W141 60 1.00 mm² Blue 3510 Splice connector 24V
12 GND ­C831:11 ­W141 73 1.00 mm² Blue 2760 2 GND ­C61:4 ­W141 61 1.00 mm² Blue 450
DT06­12SB­CE05 3 GND ­C52:4 ­W141 62 1.00 mm² Blue 500
4 GND ­C59:4 ­W141 63 1.00 mm² Blue 475 ­C836
D ­C842 Connection to left side harness 5 GND ­C128:3 ­W141 64 1.00 mm² Blue 425
*6/6 175 mm
D

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 6 GND


1 1197 ­C266:16 ­W141 123 0.75 mm² White 4475 Connection to left side harness DT06­6S­CE05
2 1321 ­C99:F ­W141 128 0.75 mm² White 3450
3 1319 ­C99:H ­W141 109 0.75 mm² White 3075 ­C836 Splice connector 24V
4 1103 ­C266:55 ­W141 110 0.75 mm² White 4475 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
5 1219 ­C266:8 ­W141 111 0.75 mm² White 4475 ­C842 1 (1)­24 ­C835:11 ­W141 31 1.00 mm² Red 3435
*12/12 200 mm
6 1221 ­C266:9 ­W141 112 0.75 mm² White 4475 2 (1)­24 ­C61:1 ­W141 85 1.00 mm² Red 425
7 1610 ­C266:48 ­W141 113 0.75 mm² White 4475 3 (1)­24 ­C52:1 ­W141 86 1.00 mm² Red 475
8 1097 ­C266:49 ­W141 114 0.75 mm² White 4475 4 (1)­24 ­C59:1 ­W141 87 1.00 mm² Red 450
9 1287 ­C266:52 ­W141 115 0.75 mm² White 4475 5 (1)­24 ­C128:1 ­W141 88 1.00 mm² Red 400
10 1122 ­C266:51 ­W141 116 0.75 mm² White 4475 6
E
11 1198 ­C266:35 ­W141 124 0.75 mm² White 4475 8 E

12 1308 ­C266:46 ­W141 125 0.75 mm² White 4475 10 800 mm

100 mm 50 mm 1800 mm X


/44_2.E2
High#1
Low#1
­SP407

­SP408

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 11­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
_
_
Approve
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F

Search item in SmartViewer Location
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Derived from Previous item
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Wire harness tailgate

to see updated information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+HTail
Higher Level Assignment

=Tailgate
following page

44_2
5032716
page number

44_1 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5036396
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Keep strip free for
the CAN­bus resistor
HDP26­24­21PE­L017

­C99 Connection to body
A ­C788 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length A
*3/3
A
B (1)­24 ­C835:1 ­W141 27 2.50 mm² Red 1435
C
D GND ­C831:1 ­W141 46 2.50 mm² Blue 1485
E (1)­24 ­C838:1 ­W141 37 2.50 mm² Red 1705
D F 1321 ­C842:2 ­W141 128 0.75 mm² White 3450
­C789 G GND ­C834:1 ­W141 74 2.50 mm² Blue 1755
*3/3
H 1319 ­C842:3 ­W141 109 0.75 mm² White 3075
J 1323 ­C843:3 ­W141 108 0.75 mm² White 4475
Special connector tailgate K 1750 ­C103:8 ­W141 161 1.00 mm² Red 3500
L 1171 ­C24:3 ­W141 105 0.75 mm² White 1680
B B
DT06­12SA­CE05 M 1163 ­C24:6 ­W141 147 0.75 mm² White 1680
D N 1324 ­C843:2 ­W141 141 0.75 mm² White 2650
­C202 Special connector tailgate ­C202 ­C291 P Low#1 ­SP403:1 ­W141 1 0.75 mm² Green 3100
*12/12 200 mm *3/3
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length DT06­12SA­CE05 R High#1 ­SP404:1 ­W141 10 0.75 mm² Yellow 3150
1 (1)­24 ­C835:3 ­W141 29 1.00 mm² Red 450 S RxD ­C843:11 ­W141 163 0.75 mm² Grey 3450
D 2 1247 ­C102:2 ­W141 171 0.75 mm² White 2660 ­C831 Splice connector GND T TxD ­C843:10 ­W141 162 0.75 mm² Orange 3450
D 3 1247 ­C266:18 ­W141 94 0.75 mm² White 2785 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length U Low#3 ­SP411:1 ­W141 25 0.75 mm² Green 350
D 4 1248 ­SP401:1 ­W141 172 0.75 mm² White 1925 1 GND ­C99:D ­W141 46 2.50 mm² Blue 1485 V High#3 ­SP412:1 ­W141 26 0.75 mm² Yellow 300
5 Low#3 ­SP411:1 ­W141 169 0.75 mm² Green 1035 2 GND ­C65:12 ­W141 52 1.00 mm² Blue 450 W Low#4 ­C202:7 ­W141 154 0.75 mm² Green 1385
6 High#3 ­SP412:1 ­W141 170 0.75 mm² Yellow 1085 3 GND ­C202:12 ­W141 53 1.00 mm² Blue 500 X High#4 ­C202:8 ­W141 155 0.75 mm² Yellow 1385
7 Low#4 ­C99:W ­W141 154 0.75 mm² Green 1385 4
8 High#4 ­C99:X ­W141 155 0.75 mm² Yellow 1385 5 GND ­C65:3 ­W141 158 1.00 mm² Blue 450 Connection to body
C C
Connection to pneum. valves block Splice connector GND
9 Low#1 ­SP409:1 ­W141 9 0.75 mm² Green 560 6 GND ­C845:4 ­W141 160 1.00 mm² Blue 400
10 High#1 ­SP410:1 ­W141 18 0.75 mm² Yellow 610 7 GND ­C34:2 ­W141 55 1.00 mm² Blue 2135
H J
X
11 8 GND ­C74:2 ­W141 56 1.00 mm² Blue 2135
K
12 GND ­C831:3 ­W141 53 1.00 mm² Blue 500 9 GND ­C75:2 ­W141 58 1.00 mm² Blue 2135
W
G B ­C99
L
­C831 10 GND
200 mm V
F A C
*21/21
150 mm 150 mm *12/12 U M
DTM06­12SA­E007 11 GND ­C102:12 ­W141 73 1.00 mm² Blue 2760 E D
­C65 12 GND ­C832:1 ­W141 60 1.00 mm² Blue 3510
T
P
N
S
­C65 Connection to pneum. valves block *12/12 R
DT06­12SA­CE05
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C835:2 ­W141 28 1.00 mm² Red 400 ­C835 Splice connector 24V
2 (1)­24 ­C835:6 ­W141 156 1.00 mm² Red 400 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
D 3 GND ­C831:5 ­W141 158 1.00 mm² Blue 450 1 (1)­24 ­C99:B ­W141 27 2.50 mm² Red 1435 D

4 2 (1)­24 ­C65:1 ­W141 28 1.00 mm² Red 400


5 3 (1)­24 ­C202:1 ­W141 29 1.00 mm² Red 450
6 Splice connector 24V 4
150 mm
7 (1)­24 ­C835:7 ­W141 157 1.00 mm² Red 400 5 (1)­24 ­C24:5 ­W141 149 1.00 mm² Red 2715
8 PV21 Airlock valve 6 (1)­24 ­C65:2 ­W141 156 1.00 mm² Red 400
9 Low#1 ­SP409:1 ­W141 8 0.75 mm² Green 510 7 (1)­24 ­C65:7 ­W141 157 1.00 mm² Red 400
10 High#1 ­SP410:1 ­W141 17 0.75 mm² Yellow 560 ­C845 ­C835 8 (1)­24 ­C24:2 ­W141 91 1.00 mm² Red 2715
260 mm

*4/4 100 mm 100 mm *12/12


11 9 (1)­24 ­C845:1 ­W141 159 1.00 mm² Red 350
12 GND ­C831:2 ­W141 52 1.00 mm² Blue 450 10
X
11 (1)­24 ­C836:1 ­W141 31 1.00 mm² Red 3435 /44_3.E2
12 (1)­24 ­C102:1 ­W141 32 1.00 mm² Red 2710
E 7 100 mm 50 mm
6 425 mm 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm
E

X X
/44_1.E19 /44_3.E2
High#1

DT06­4S­CE05

Low#3

High#3
Low#1
­SP409

­SP410

­SP412
­SP411
­C845 PV21 Airlock valve 725mm

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Used Standards Approvals Owner
1 (1)­24 ­C835:9 ­W141 159 1.00 mm² Red 350 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
2
3
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 6­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
4 GND ­C831:6 ­W141 160 1.00 mm² Blue 400
FOR INFORMATION ONLY! This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Description

Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;

Search item in SmartViewer
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness tailgate

to see updated information. +HTail
Higher Level Assignment following page
5032716
page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 44_3 44_2 OF  68 A3 5036396 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Keep this strip free
for extension connections

A A

Extension movement DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05


Connected directly H3 ­ Buzzer tailgate open
on hydr. block ­C74 ­C74 Extension movement ­C162 H3 ­ Buzzer tailgate open
250 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C162
*2/2 250 mm
1 1069 ­C266:36 ­W141 130 0.75 mm² White 2450 1 1294 ­C266:45 ­W141 127 0.75 mm² White 1225
2 GND ­C831:8 ­W141 56 1.00 mm² Blue 2135 2 GND ­C834:5 ­W141 50 1.00 mm² Blue 450

Insertion movement DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­12SA­CE05


B B

­C33 ­C33 Insertion movement ­C834 Splice connector GND


250 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 1075 ­C266:54 ­W141 131 0.75 mm² White 2450 1 GND ­C99:G ­W141 74 2.50 mm² Blue 1755
2 GND ­C834:7 ­W141 57 1.00 mm² Blue 2405 2 GND ­C266:1 ­W141 75 1.00 mm² Blue 1175
3 GND ­C266:12 ­W141 76 1.00 mm² Blue 1175 Splice connector GND
Scooping movement DT06­2S­CE05 4 GND ­C266:15 ­W141 77 2.50 mm² Blue 1175
5 GND ­C162:2 ­W141 50 1.00 mm² Blue 450
­C75 ­C75 Scooping movement 6 GND ­C780:1 ­W141 166 1.00 mm² Blue 3025
250 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 7 GND ­C33:2 ­W141 57 1.00 mm² Blue 2405 ­C834
*12/12 200 mm
1 1070 ­C266:53 ­W141 132 0.75 mm² White 2450 8 GND

C
2 GND ­C831:9 ­W141 58 1.00 mm² Blue 2135 9 GND ­C32:2 ­W141 59 1.00 mm² Blue 2405 C
10 GND ­C24:1 ­W141 47 1.00 mm² Blue 325
Compaction movement DT06­2S­CE05 11 GND ­C103:12 ­W141 79 1.00 mm² Blue 2875
12 GND ­C24:4 ­W141 78 1.00 mm² Blue 325
­C32 ­C32 Compaction movement
250 mm *2/2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 1072 ­C266:17 ­W141 133 0.75 mm² White 2450 DT06­6S­CE05
2 GND ­C834:9 ­W141 59 1.00 mm² Blue 2405
­C838 Splice connector 24V
Press. reduce valve comp. mech. No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Splice connector 24V
DT06­2S­CE05 1 (1)­24 ­C99:E ­W141 37 2.50 mm² Red 1705
­C34 2 (1)­24 ­C266:5 ­W141 38 2.50 mm² Red 1125
D
250 mm *2/2 ­C34 Press. reduce valve comp. mech. 3 (1)­24 ­C266:23 ­W141 39 1.00 mm² Red 1125 ­C838 D
600 mm

*6/6 150 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 4 (1)­24 ­C266:34 ­W141 40 2.50 mm² Red 1125
1 1078 ­C266:44 ­W141 129 0.75 mm² White 2450 5 (1)­24 ­C780:2 ­W141 165 1.00 mm² Red 2975
2 GND ­C831:7 ­W141 55 1.00 mm² Blue 2135 6 (1)­24 ­C103:1 ­W141 45 1.00 mm² Red 2825
DTM06­6S­E005 Q31 ­ Tailgate position

­C24 Q31 ­ Tailgate position
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
125 mm
1 GND ­C834:10 ­W141 47 1.00 mm² Blue 325
2 (1)­24 ­C835:8 ­W141 91 1.00 mm² Red 2715 ­C24
*6/6
3 1171 ­C99:L ­W141 105 0.75 mm² White 1680
X
/44_2.E19 4 GND ­C834:12 ­W141 78 1.00 mm² Blue 325
E E
5 (1)­24 ­C835:5 ­W141 149 1.00 mm² Red 2715
5 4

365 mm
6 1163 ­C99:M ­W141 147 0.75 mm² White 1680

X 590 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 100 mm X


/44_2.E19 /44_4.F2
990mm to next branch
High#1
1248

1250

Low#1
­SP402

­SP405

­SP406
­SP401

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 6­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
_
_
Approve
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F

Search item in SmartViewer Location
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Derived from Previous item
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Wire harness tailgate

to see updated information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+HTail
Higher Level Assignment

=Tailgate
following page

44_4
5032716
page number

44_3 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5036396
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

828907­1 Use wire seals
item 5025146/5025160
­C266 I/O module on tailgate AMP part 828904­1/828905­1
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!

­C266
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length

I/O module on tailgate

*55/55
1 GND ­C834:2 ­W141 75 1.00 mm² Blue 1175

Search item in SmartViewer
A A
2 1106 ­C843:4 ­W141 142 0.75 mm² White 2650
D 3
D 4
5 (1)­24 ­C838:2 ­W141 38 2.50 mm² Red 1125
6
7
8
RxD
TxD
1219
­C780:5
­C780:4
­C842:5
­W141
­W141
­W141
140
139
111
0.75 mm² Grey 2850
0.75 mm² Orange 2850
0.75 mm² White 4475
to see updated information.
9 1221 ­C842:6 ­W141 112 0.75 mm² White 4475
10 1220 ­C843:5 ­W141 143 0.75 mm² White 2650
11 1222 ­C843:6 ­W141 146 0.75 mm² White 2650
12 GND ­C834:3 ­W141 76 1.00 mm² Blue 1175
13
B B
14 High#1 ­SP406:1 ­W141 13 0.75 mm² Yellow 710
15 GND ­C834:4 ­W141 77 2.50 mm² Blue 1175
16 1197 ­C842:1 ­W141 123 0.75 mm² White 4475
17 1072 ­C32:1 ­W141 133 0.75 mm² White 2450
18 1247 ­C202:3 ­W141 94 0.75 mm² White 2785
19 1248 ­SP401:1 ­W141 96 0.75 mm² White 860 DT06­12SA­CE05
20 1251 ­C103:2 ­W141 102 0.75 mm² White 2700
21 1249 ­C102:5 ­W141 98 0.75 mm² White 4525 ­C103 Connection to right side harness
22 1314 ­C843:12 ­W141 121 0.75 mm² White 2650 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
23 (1)­24 ­C838:3 ­W141 39 1.00 mm² Red 1125 1 (1)­24 ­C838:6 ­W141 45 1.00 mm² Red 2825 Connection to right side harness
24 1751 ­C780:3 ­W141 89 1.00 mm² Red 2850 2 1251 ­C266:20 ­W141 102 0.75 mm² White 2700 DT06­6S­CE05
C
25 Low#1 ­SP405:1 ­W141 20 0.75 mm² Green 760 3 1248 ­SP401:1 ­W141 97 0.75 mm² White 2560 C
26 High#1 ­SP406:1 ­W141 23 0.75 mm² Yellow 710 4 1250 ­SP402:1 ­W141 101 0.75 mm² White 2510 ­C780 Diagnostic connector module CR7021
27 1250 ­SP402:1 ­W141 100 0.75 mm² White 810 5 1252 ­C266:28 ­W141 103 0.75 mm² White 2700 ­C103 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
250 mm *12/12
28 1252 ­C103:5 ­W141 103 0.75 mm² White 2700 6 1091 ­C266:38 ­W141 144 0.75 mm² White 2700 1 GND ­C834:6 ­W141 166 1.00 mm² Blue 3025
29 1129 ­C102:11 ­W141 107 0.75 mm² White 4525 7 1315 ­C266:43 ­W141 122 0.75 mm² White 2700 2 (1)­24 ­C838:5 ­W141 165 1.00 mm² Red 2975
30 1137 ­C103:11 ­W141 145 0.75 mm² White 2700 8 1750 ­C99:K ­W141 161 1.00 mm² Red 3500 3 1751 ­C266:24 ­W141 89 1.00 mm² Red 2850
31 1611 ­C843:7 ­W141 135 0.75 mm² White 2650 9 Low#1 ­SP403:1 ­W141 2 0.75 mm² Green 400 4 TxD ­C266:7 ­W141 139 0.75 mm² Orange 2850
32 Low#1 ­SP405:1 ­W141 4 0.75 mm² Green 760 10 High#1 ­SP404:1 ­W141 11 0.75 mm² Yellow 350 5 RxD ­C266:6 ­W141 140 0.75 mm² Grey 2850
33 RSGND ­C780:6 ­W141 138 0.75 mm² Blue 2850 11 1137 ­C266:30 ­W141 145 0.75 mm² White 2700 6 RSGND ­C266:33 ­W141 138 0.75 mm² Blue 2850
34 (1)­24 ­C838:4 ­W141 40 2.50 mm² Red 1125 12 GND ­C834:11 ­W141 79 1.00 mm² Blue 2875 ­C780
400 mm *6/6
35 1198 ­C842:11 ­W141 124 0.75 mm² White 4475 DT06­12SB­CE05
36 1069 ­C74:1 ­W141 130 0.75 mm² White 2450
D 37 1277 ­C102:6 ­W141 104 0.75 mm² White 4525 ­C843 Connection to right side harness Connection to right side harness D

38 1091 ­C103:6 ­W141 144 0.75 mm² White 2700 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
39 1063 ­C52:2 ­W141 118 0.75 mm² White 5375 1 Low#3 ­SP411:1 ­W141 167 0.75 mm² Green 3400
40 1064 ­C59:2 ­W141 119 0.75 mm² White 5350 2 1324 ­C99:N ­W141 141 0.75 mm² White 2650
500 mm

41 1065 ­C52:3 ­W141 120 0.75 mm² White 5375 3 1323 ­C99:J ­W141 108 0.75 mm² White 4475 ­C843
200 mm *12/12
42 1066 ­C61:2 ­W141 117 0.75 mm² White 5325 4 1106 ­C266:2 ­W141 142 0.75 mm² White 2650
43 1315 ­C103:7 ­W141 122 0.75 mm² White 2700 5 1220 ­C266:10 ­W141 143 0.75 mm² White 2650
44 1078 ­C34:1 ­W141 129 0.75 mm² White 2450 6 1222 ­C266:11 ­W141 146 0.75 mm² White 2650
45 1294 ­C162:1 ­W141 127 0.75 mm² White 1225 7 1611 ­C266:31 ­W141 135 0.75 mm² White 2650
46 1308 ­C842:12 ­W141 125 0.75 mm² White 4475 8 1099 ­C266:50 ­W141 134 0.75 mm² White 2650
47 1309 ­C102:7 ­W141 126 0.75 mm² White 4525 9 High#3 ­SP412:1 ­W141 168 0.75 mm² Yellow 3350 3
48 1610 ­C842:7 ­W141 113 0.75 mm² White 4475 10 TxD ­C99:T ­W141 162 0.75 mm² Orange 3450 2
E E
49 1097 ­C842:8 ­W141 114 0.75 mm² White 4475 11 RxD ­C99:S ­W141 163 0.75 mm² Grey 3450
50 1099 ­C843:8 ­W141 134 0.75 mm² White 2650 12 1314 ­C266:22 ­W141 121 0.75 mm² White 2650
51 1122 ­C842:10 ­W141 116 0.75 mm² White 4475
52 1287 ­C842:9 ­W141 115 0.75 mm² White 4475
1800 mm 50 mm 100 mm
53 1070 ­C75:1 ­W141 132 0.75 mm² White 2450
High#1

54
Low#1

1075 ­C33:1 ­W141 131 0.75 mm² White 2450


­SP403

­SP404

Used Standards Approvals Owner


55 1103 ­C842:4 ­W141 110 0.75 mm² White 4475 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date

/44_3.E19
X 110 mm
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 11­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
110mm to next branch demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness tailgate
+HTail 5032716
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 45 44_4 OF  68 A3 5036396 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

974075

­C843 Pneumatics ­ power supply DTM04­12PA­E003


No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C843
B 2 Connection to tailgate B
1 (1)­24 ­C65:1 ­W20 1 0.75 mm² Brown 800
*4/4
1 3 ­C65 Connection to tailgate
4
2 (1)­24 ­C65:2 ­W20 2 0.75 mm² White 800 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
3 GND ­C65:3 ­W20 3 0.75 mm² Blue 800 1 (1)­24 ­C843:1 ­W20 1 0.75 mm² Brown 800
4 T ­C65:4 ­W20 4 0.75 mm² Black 800 2 (1)­24 ­C843:2 ­W20 2 0.75 mm² White 800
3 GND ­C843:3 ­W20 3 0.75 mm² Blue 800
100 mm
4 T ­C843:4 ­W20 4 0.75 mm² Black 800
EVC070 ­C65 5
*12/12
6 SHD ­C842:1 ­W21 BN 0.34 mm² Brown 800
­C842 Pneumatics bus­in connection 7 (1)­24 ­C842:2 ­W21 WH 0.34 mm² White 800
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 8
1 SHD ­C65:6 ­W21 BN 0.34 mm² Brown 800 ­C842 9 Low#1 ­C842:5 ­W21 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 800
*5/5 2

C
2 (1)­24 ­C65:7 ­W21 WH 0.34 mm² White 800 1 5 3 10 High#1 ­C842:4 ­W21 BK 0.34 mm² Black 800 C
4
3 GND ­C65:12 ­W21 BU 0.34 mm² Blue 800 11
4 High#1 ­C65:10 ­W21 BK 0.34 mm² Black 800 12 GND ­C842:3 ­W21 BU 0.34 mm² Blue 800
5 Low#1 ­C65:9 ­W21 GY 0.34 mm² Grey 800

800mm

D D

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 24­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on

Search item in SmartViewer
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

to see updated information. Location

Higher Level Assignment
Derived from

following page
Previous item

page number Format item number


Wire harness pneumatic module

drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 46 45 OF  68 A3 5027482 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

DT04­3P­CE04
End resistor CAN #3
­C789 End resistor CAN #3
­C789 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­R3
50 mm *3/3 *3/3
A Low#3 ­C202:5 ­W147 5 0.75 mm² Green 200

CAN#3
B High#3 ­C202:6 ­W147 6 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
C
DT04­3P­CE04
B B
End resistor CAN #4
­C788 End resistor CAN #4
­C202 ­C788 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­R4
*12/12 150 mm 50 mm *3/3 *3/3
A Low#4 ­C202:7 ­W147 3 0.75 mm² Green 200

CAN#4
B High#4 ­C202:8 ­W147 4 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
C
DT04­3P­CE04
End resistor CAN #1
­C291 End resistor CAN #1
DT04­12PA­CE07 ­C291 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­R1
50 mm *3/3 *3/3
A Low#1 ­C202:9 ­W147 1 0.75 mm² Green 200
­C202

CAN#1
C
B High#1 ­C202:10 ­W147 2 0.75 mm² Yellow 200 C
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length C
1 (1)­24
D 2 1247 ­C202:3 ­W147 7 0.75 mm² White 200
D 3 1247 ­C202:2 ­W147 7 0.75 mm² White 200
4 1248
5 Low#3 ­C789:A ­W147 5 0.75 mm² Green 200
6 High#3 ­C789:B ­W147 6 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
7 Low#4 ­C788:A ­W147 3 0.75 mm² Green 200
8 High#4 ­C788:B ­W147 4 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
9 Low#1 ­C291:A ­W147 1 0.75 mm² Green 200
10 High#1 ­C291:B ­W147 2 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
D 11 D

12 GND

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 27­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on

Search item in SmartViewer
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

to see updated information. Location

+EndRes
Higher Level Assignment
Derived from

following page
Previous item

_
page number Format item number
Wire harness end resistors CAN­bus (3x)

drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 47 46 OF  68 A3 5025360 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

DT04­12PA­CE07
DT04­3P­CE04
­C201 Special connector Resistor CAN­bus #3
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Special connector ­C789 Resistor CAN­bus #3
1 (1)­24 ­C789 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­R4
50 mm *3/3 *3/3
2 A Low#3 ­C201:5 ­W135 1 0.75 mm² Green 200

CAN #3
3 1504 B High#3 ­C201:6 ­W135 2 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
4 1505 ­C201 C
*12/12 150 mm Resistor CAN­bus #4
5 Low#3 ­C789:A ­W135 1 0.75 mm² Green 200 DT04­3P­CE04
B B
6 High#3 ­C789:B ­W135 2 0.75 mm² Yellow 200 ­R3
7 Low#4 ­C788:A ­W135 3 0.75 mm² Green 200 ­C788 ­C788 Resistor CAN­bus #4 *3/3
50 mm *3/3
8 High#4 ­C788:B ­W135 4 0.75 mm² Yellow 200 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length

CAN #4
9 Low#1 A Low#4 ­C201:7 ­W135 3 0.75 mm² Green 200
10 High#1 B High#4 ­C201:8 ­W135 4 0.75 mm² Yellow 200
11 C
12 GND

C C

D D

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


name date

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Graphical symbols IEC 60617
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 7­4­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on

Search item in SmartViewer
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

to see updated information. Location

+EndRes
Higher Level Assignment
Derived from

following page
Previous item

page number Format item number


Wire harness end resistors CAN­bus (2X)

drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 50_1 47 OF  68 A3 5025538 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

929504­2 929504­6
X
/50_2.A2
­C822 I/O module 1 ­C264 I/O module 2 X1
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C263:3 ­W145 7 1.00 mm² Red 575 1 1123 ­C114:2 ­W145 82 0.75 mm² White 1195 This part of the wire harness requires NO looming!
A A
2 GND ­C263:4 ­W145 10 1.00 mm² Blue 575 2 (1)­24 ­C21:1 ­W145 3 1.00 mm² Red 1295
3 (1)­24 ­C844:1 ­W145 84 1.00 mm² Red 1360 3 1104 ­C146:2 ­W145 52 0.75 mm² White 905
4 GND ­C844:3 ­W145 86 1.00 mm² Blue 1360 4 (1)­24 ­C114:1 ­W145 81 1.00 mm² Red 1195
5 Low#1 ­SP1:1 ­W145 73 0.75 mm² Green 315 5 1255 ­C21:8 ­W145 21 0.75 mm² White 1295
6 High#1 ­SP2:1 ­W145 76 0.75 mm² Yellow 355 6 (1)­24 ­C195:1 ­W145 5 1.00 mm² Red 980
929504­6 7 1256 ­C21:9 ­W145 22 0.75 mm² White 1295
I/O module 1
8 (1)­24 ­C196:1 ­W145 6 1.00 mm² Red 1005
­C824 I/O module 1 X2 D 9 (1)­24
­C822 I/O module 2
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 10 (1)­24 ­C8:1 ­W145 8 1.00 mm² Red 1055
245 mm *6/6
1 1136 ­C20:11 ­W145 26 0.75 mm² White 1275 11 1050 ­C102:8 ­W145 23 0.75 mm² White 1075
2 (1)­24 ­C419:1 ­W145 98 1.00 mm² Red 1440 12 1325 ­C844:2 ­W145 85 0.75 mm² White 1170 ­C264
*18/18 235 mm
3 1141 ­C20:6 ­W145 79 0.75 mm² White 1275 13 GND ­C194:1 ­W145 60 1.00 mm² Blue 955
B B
4 14 GND ­C114:4 ­W145 83 1.00 mm² Blue 1195
5 1134 ­C20:3 ­W145 27 0.75 mm² White 1275 15 1281 ­C154:6 ­W145 24 0.75 mm² White 1245
6 16 GND ­C21:12 ­W145 11 1.00 mm² Blue 1295
7 1132 ­C20:7 ­W145 28 0.75 mm² White 1275 17 24pulsL ­C21:7 ­W145 25 0.75 mm² White 1295
I/O module 1
8 18 GND ­C8:3 ­W145 12 1.00 mm² Blue 1055
I/O module 2
9 929504­6
­C824 10
205 mm *18/18
11 1127 ­C8:2 ­W145 29 0.75 mm² White 1205 ­C265 I/O module 2 X2 ­C265
*18/18 190 mm
D 12 1296 ­C150:2 ­W145 112 0.75 mm² White 485 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
13 GND ­C77:2 ­W145 67 1.00 mm² Blue 3795 1 1083 ­C154:1 ­W145 31 0.75 mm² White 1200
14 GND ­C76:2 ­W145 68 1.00 mm² Blue 3945 2 (1)­24 ­C146:1 ­W145 4 1.00 mm² Red 860

C
15 1360 ­SP3:1 ­W145 40 0.75 mm² White 1395 3 1085 ­C154:2 ­W145 32 0.75 mm² White 1200 C
16 GND ­C87:2 ­W145 69 1.00 mm² Blue 3995 4 (1)­24 ­C67:1 ­W145 62 1.00 mm² Red 885
17 1293 ­C159:2 ­W145 109 0.75 mm² White 1295 5 1170 ­C21:6 ­W145 33 0.75 mm² White 1250
I/O module 1
18 GND ­C88:2 ­W145 70 1.00 mm² Blue 3845 6 (1)­24 ­C150:1 ­W145 63 1.00 mm² Red 985
I/O module 2
929504­6 7 1279 ­C154:5 ­W145 34 0.75 mm² White 1200
­C823 8 (1)­24 ­C194:5 ­W145 64 1.00 mm² Red 910
150 mm *18/18 ­C823 I/O module 1 X1 9 (1)­24 ­C194:2 ­W145 50 1.00 mm² Red 910 ­C263
*6/6 150 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 10
1 1232 ­C20:2 ­W145 46 0.75 mm² White 1220 11 1038 ­C21:10 ­W145 35 0.75 mm² White 1250
2 (1)­24 ­C238:1 ­W145 13 1.00 mm² Red 1270 12 1285 ­C154:3 ­W145 36 0.75 mm² White 1200
3 1131 ­C20:5 ­W145 49 0.75 mm² White 1220 13 GND ­C146:4 ­W145 9 1.00 mm² Blue 860
4 (1)­24 ­C238:2 ­W145 14 1.00 mm² Red 1270 14 GND ­C67:4 ­W145 65 1.00 mm² Blue 885
D 5 1130 ­C20:9 ­W145 77 0.75 mm² White 1220 15 1352 ­C154:4 ­W145 37 0.75 mm² White 1200 D

6 (1)­24 ­C238:3 ­W145 15 1.00 mm² Red 1270 16 GND ­C150:4 ­W145 66 1.00 mm² Blue 985
7 1135 ­C20:10 ­W145 78 0.75 mm² White 1220 17 1172 ­C21:11 ­W145 80 0.75 mm² White 1250
8 (1)­24 ­C238:4 ­W145 16 1.00 mm² Red 1270 18 GND ­C194:4 ­W145 61 1.00 mm² Blue 910
D 9 (1)­24 ­C159:1 ­W145 108 1.00 mm² Red 1240 929504­2
D 10 (1)­24 ­C160:1 ­W145 111 1.00 mm² Red 1485
D 11 ­C263 I/O module 2
D 12 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
13 GND ­C238:5 ­W145 17 1.00 mm² Blue 1270 1 (1)­24 ­C102:1 ­W145 1 1.00 mm² Red 990
14 GND ­C238:6 ­W145 18 1.00 mm² Blue 1270 2 GND ­C846:2 ­W145 99 1.00 mm² Blue 1255
15 1361 ­C154:8 ­W145 41 0.75 mm² White 1340 3 (1)­24 ­C822:1 ­W145 7 1.00 mm² Red 575
16 GND ­C195:3 ­W145 19 1.00 mm² Blue 1075 4 GND ­C822:2 ­W145 10 1.00 mm² Blue 575
E E
17 1355 ­C419:2 ­W145 94 0.75 mm² White 1385 5 Low#1 ­SP1:1 ­W145 72 0.75 mm² Green 260
18 GND ­C196:3 ­W145 20 1.00 mm² Blue 1100 6 High#1 ­SP2:1 ­W145 75 0.75 mm² Yellow 220

­SP3
1360
180mm
70 mm 40 mm 70 mm 100 mm 420 mm
High#1
Low#1

­SP2

Approvals Owner
­SP1

Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 24­9­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY! This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Description

Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;

Search item in SmartViewer
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness left side tailgate

to see updated information. +H_cp_INT1
Higher Level Assignment following page
5032740
page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 50_2 50_1 OF  68 A3 5036493 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

/50_1.A19
X This part of the wire harness requires NO looming! 120 mm X
/50_3.A2
DT04­12PB­CE07
DT06­4S­CE05 Connection to tailgate harness
9 ­C842 Connection to tailgate harness
A ­C146 Safety guard left A/Jack up L Safety guard left A/Jack up L No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length A

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 1 1197 ­C163:1 ­W145 87 0.75 mm² White 3170 10
1 (1)­24 ­C265:2 ­W145 4 1.00 mm² Red 860 ­C146 D 2 1321 ­C196:2 ­W145 39 0.75 mm² White 520 ­C842
*4/4 150 mm *12/12 150 mm
2 1104 ­C264:3 ­W145 52 0.75 mm² White 905 3 1319 ­C195:2 ­W145 38 0.75 mm² White 495
3 4 1103 ­C67:3 ­W145 53 0.75 mm² White 445
4 GND ­C265:13 ­W145 9 1.00 mm² Blue 860 5 1219 ­C194:3 ­W145 54 0.75 mm² White 470
6 1221 ­C194:6 ­W145 55 0.75 mm² White 470
DT06­4S­CE05 Q22bL ­ Safety guard left B 7 1610 ­C76:1 ­W145 56 0.75 mm² White 3070
8 1097 ­C77:1 ­W145 57 0.75 mm² White 2920
­C67 Q22bL ­ Safety guard left B ­C67 9 1287 ­C87:1 ­W145 58 0.75 mm² White 3120
*4/4 175 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 10 1122 ­C88:1 ­W145 59 0.75 mm² White 2970
1 (1)­24 ­C265:4 ­W145 62 1.00 mm² Red 885 11 1198 ­C164:1 ­W145 88 0.75 mm² White 3020
B B
2 12 1308 ­C167:1 ­W145 91 0.75 mm² White 3070 Connection to tailgate harness
3 1103 ­C842:4 ­W145 53 0.75 mm² White 445 Q131L Aanlogue sensor L DT04­12PA­CE07
4 GND ­C265:14 ­W145 65 1.00 mm² Blue 885
­C102 Connection to tailgate harness
DTM06­6S­E005 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C102
200 mm *12/12 200 mm
1 (1)­24 ­C263:1 ­W145 1 1.00 mm² Red 990
­C194 Q131L Aanlogue sensor L ­C194 2 1247 ­C21:2 ­W145 42 0.75 mm² White 620
*6/6
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 3 1248 ­C21:3 ­W145 43 0.75 mm² White 620
1 GND ­C264:13 ­W145 60 1.00 mm² Blue 955 Q42 ­ Distance sensor 1L 4 1250 ­C21:4 ­W145 44 0.75 mm² White 620
2 (1)­24 ­C265:9 ­W145 50 1.00 mm² Red 910 5 1249 ­C21:5 ­W145 45 0.75 mm² White 620
3 1219 ­C842:5 ­W145 54 0.75 mm² White 470 6 1277 ­C20:12 ­W145 47 0.75 mm² White 450

C
4 GND ­C265:18 ­W145 61 1.00 mm² Blue 910 7 1309 ­C166:1 ­W145 92 0.75 mm² White 3270 C
225 mm
5 (1)­24 ­C265:8 ­W145 64 1.00 mm² Red 910 8 1050 ­C264:11 ­W145 23 0.75 mm² White 1075
6 1221 ­C842:6 ­W145 55 0.75 mm² White 470 ­C195 9 Low#1 ­SP1:1 ­W145 71 0.75 mm² Green 950
*6/6 Junction box CJB1
DTM06­6S­E005 10 High#1 ­SP2:1 ­W145 74 0.75 mm² Yellow 910
Q43 ­ Distance sensor 2L 11 1129 ­C20:8 ­W145 48 0.75 mm² White 450
­C195 Q42 ­ Distance sensor 1L 12 GND ­C846:1 ­W145 2 1.00 mm² Blue 665
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length DT06­12SA­CE05
1 (1)­24 ­C264:6 ­W145 5 1.00 mm² Red 980 ­C20
2 1319 ­C842:3 ­W145 38 0.75 mm² White 495
250 mm ­C20 Junction box CJB1 *12/12 250 mm

3 GND ­C823:16 ­W145 19 1.00 mm² Blue 1075 ­C196 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
*6/6
4 1
5 2 1232 ­C823:1 ­W145 46 0.75 mm² White 1220
D 6 Q111L ­ Footboard pos. L 3 1134 ­C824:5 ­W145 27 0.75 mm² White 1275 D

DTM06­6S­E005 4
­C150 5 1131 ­C823:3 ­W145 49 0.75 mm² White 1220
­C196 Q43 ­ Distance sensor 2L *4/4 275 mm
6 1141 ­C824:3 ­W145 79 0.75 mm² White 1275
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 7 1132 ­C824:7 ­W145 28 0.75 mm² White 1275
1 (1)­24 ­C264:8 ­W145 6 1.00 mm² Red 1005 8 1129 ­C102:11 ­W145 48 0.75 mm² White 450
2 1321 ­C842:2 ­W145 39 0.75 mm² White 520 9 1130 ­C823:5 ­W145 77 0.75 mm² White 1220 Junction box CJB1
3 GND ­C823:18 ­W145 20 1.00 mm² Blue 1100 Q6L ­ Footboard left 10 1135 ­C823:7 ­W145 78 0.75 mm² White 1220
4 11 1136 ­C824:1 ­W145 26 0.75 mm² White 1275
5 ­C8 12 1277 ­C102:6 ­W145 47 0.75 mm² White 450 ­C238
*4/4 300 mm *6/6 300 mm
6
DT06­4S­CE05 DT06­6S­CE05
E E

­C150 Q111L ­ Footboard pos. L ­C238 Junction box CJB1


No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C265:6 ­W145 63 1.00 mm² Red 985 1 (1)­24 ­C823:2 ­W145 13 1.00 mm² Red 1270
D 2 1296 ­C824:12 ­W145 112 0.75 mm² White 485 2 (1)­24 ­C823:4 ­W145 14 1.00 mm² Red 1270
3 3 (1)­24 ­C823:6 ­W145 15 1.00 mm² Red 1270 Used Standards Approvals Owner
4 GND ­C265:16 ­W145 66 1.00 mm² Blue 985 4 (1)­24 ­C823:8 ­W145 16 1.00 mm² Red 1270 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
DT06­4S­CE05 5
6
GND
GND
­C823:13
­C823:14
­W145
­W145
17
18
1.00 mm²
1.00 mm²
Blue
Blue
1270
1270
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 17­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
­C8 Q6L ­ Footboard left Description

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
1 (1)­24 ­C264:10 ­W145 8 1.00 mm² Red 1055 Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
2 1127 ­C824:11 ­W145 29 0.75 mm² White 1205 Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
3
4
GND ­C264:18 ­W145 12 1.00 mm² Blue 1055
Search item in SmartViewer Location
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Derived from Previous item Wire harness left side tailgate
+H_cp_INT1 5032740

1 2 3 4
to see updated information.
5 6 7 8 9 10
Higher Level Assignment

=Tailgate
following page

50_3
page number

50_2 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5036493
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

X 120 mm 120 mm
/50_2.A19

11 12
A
DT06­4S­CE05 Added! Q114 ­ Interlock ETB arm A

­C159 Q114 ­ Interlock ETB arm ­C159 C417 deleted


*4/4 150 mm
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
D 1 (1)­24 ­C823:9 ­W145 108 1.00 mm² Red 1240
D 2 1293 ­C824:17 ­W145 109 0.75 mm² White 1295 DT06­4S­CE05
3 Q205 ­ 4­wheel detection Split
D 4 GND ­C846:5 ­W145 110 1.00 mm² Blue 495 ­C419 Q149L ­ Jack down left Q149L ­ Jack down left
DTM06­6S­E005 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C824:2 ­W145 98 1.00 mm² Red 1440 ­C419
­C844 Q205 ­ 4­wheel detection Split 175 mm
2 1355 ­C823:17 ­W145 94 0.75 mm² White 1385
*4/4 175 mm

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length ­C844 3


B *6/6 B
1 (1)­24 ­C822:3 ­W145 84 1.00 mm² Red 1360 4 GND ­C846:10 ­W145 105 1.00 mm² Blue 400
2 1325 ­C264:12 ­W145 85 0.75 mm² White 1170
3 GND ­C822:4 ­W145 86 1.00 mm² Blue 1360 Q108L ­ Tailgate locked left DT06­12SA­CE05
4
5 ­C114 ­C846 Splice connector GND
*4/4 200 mm
6 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
DT06­4S­CE05 1 GND ­C102:12 ­W145 2 1.00 mm² Blue 665
2 GND ­C263:2 ­W145 99 1.00 mm² Blue 1255 Splice connector GND
­C114 Q108L ­ Tailgate locked left 3 GND ­C163:2 ­W145 100 1.00 mm² Blue 3005
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 4 GND ­C164:2 ­W145 101 1.00 mm² Blue 2855
1 (1)­24 ­C264:4 ­W145 81 1.00 mm² Red 1195 5 GND ­C159:4 ­W145 110 1.00 mm² Blue 495 D
2 1123 ­C264:1 ­W145 82 0.75 mm² White 1195 6 GND ­C160:4 ­W145 113 1.00 mm² Blue 500 D
­C846 C
C
*12/12 225 mm
3 7 GND ­C167:2 ­W145 106 1.00 mm² Blue 2905
4 GND ­C264:14 ­W145 83 1.00 mm² Blue 1195 8 GND ­C166:2 ­W145 107 1.00 mm² Blue 3055
DT06­12SB­CE05 Control panel cp­INT1 9 D
10 GND ­C419:4 ­W145 105 1.00 mm² Blue 400

2380mm
­C154 Control panel cp­INT1 11
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 12
1 1083 ­C265:1 ­W145 31 0.75 mm² White 1200 ­C154
*12/12 250 mm
2 1085 ­C265:3 ­W145 32 0.75 mm² White 1200 DT06­4S­CE05
3 1285 ­C265:12 ­W145 36 0.75 mm² White 1200
4 1352 ­C265:15 ­W145 37 0.75 mm² White 1200 ­C160 Q94 ­ Tilting arm ACB Added!

5 1279 ­C265:7 ­W145 34 0.75 mm² White 1200 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
D 6 1281 ­C264:15 ­W145 24 0.75 mm² White 1245 D 1 (1)­24 ­C823:10 ­W145 111 1.00 mm² Red 1485 Q94 ­ Tilting arm ACB D

7 1360 ­SP3:1 ­W145 51 0.75 mm² White 695 2


8 1361 ­C823:15 ­W145 41 0.75 mm² White 1340 D 3 1360 ­SP3:1 ­W145 114 0.75 mm² White 1055 ­C160
*4/4 275 mm
9 D 4 GND ­C846:6 ­W145 113 1.00 mm² Blue 500
2380 mm X
10 /50_4.D2
11 Control panel tailgate cp­INT1
12 Connection GCB panel on ETB arm
DT06­12SA­CE05

­C21 Control panel tailgate cp­INT1 ­C21 ­C706


*12/12 300 mm *6/6
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C264:2 ­W145 3 1.00 mm² Red 1295
E E
2 1247 ­C102:2 ­W145 42 0.75 mm² White 620
From panel harness
3 1248 ­C102:3 ­W145 43 0.75 mm² White 620
4 1250 ­C102:4 ­W145 44 0.75 mm² White 620
5 1249 ­C102:5 ­W145 45 0.75 mm² White 620
6 1170 ­C265:5 ­W145 33 0.75 mm² White 1250
7 24pulsL ­C264:17 ­W145 25 0.75 mm² White 1295 Used Standards Approvals Owner
8 1255 ­C264:5 ­W145 21 0.75 mm² White 1295 Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
9
10
1256
1038
­C264:7
­C265:11
­W145
­W145
22
35
0.75 mm² White
0.75 mm² White
1295
1250
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 4­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
11
12
1172
GND
­C265:17
­C264:16
­W145
­W145
80
11
0.75 mm² White
1.00 mm² Blue
1250
1295 FOR INFORMATION ONLY! This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Description

Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;

Search item in SmartViewer
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness left side tailgate

to see updated information. +H_cp_INT1
Higher Level Assignment following page
5029044
page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 50_4 50_3 OF  68 A3 5036493 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

B B

Lift down L valve ­ B side valve Guide flap up valve HV17a ETB arm up HV22b Support jack down

­C76 ­C87 ­C163 ­C166


150 mm *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
C C

HV17b ETB arms down HV22a Support jack up
Lift up valve L ­ A side valve Guide flap down valve

­C77 ­C88 ­C164 ­C167


150 mm *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2
150 mm

200 mm
250 mm
D D
X 300 mm
/50_3.D17

DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05

­C76 Lift down L valve ­ B side valve ­C87 Guide flap up valve ­C163 HV17a ETB arm up ­C166 HV22b Support jack down


No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 1610 ­C842:7 ­W145 56 0.75 mm² White 3070 1 1287 ­C842:9 ­W145 58 0.75 mm² White 3120 1 1197 ­C842:1 ­W145 87 0.75 mm² White 3170 1 1309 ­C102:7 ­W145 92 0.75 mm² White 3270
2 GND ­C824:14 ­W145 68 1.00 mm² Blue 3945 2 GND ­C824:16 ­W145 69 1.00 mm² Blue 3995 2 GND ­C846:3 ­W145 100 1.00 mm² Blue 3005 2 GND ­C846:8 ­W145 107 1.00 mm² Blue 3055
DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05 DT06­2S­CE05

­C77 Lift up valve L ­ A side valve ­C88 Guide flap down valve ­C164 HV17b ETB arms down ­C167 HV22a Support jack up


E E
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 1097 ­C842:8 ­W145 57 0.75 mm² White 2920 1 1122 ­C842:10 ­W145 59 0.75 mm² White 2970 1 1198 ­C842:11 ­W145 88 0.75 mm² White 3020 1 1308 ­C842:12 ­W145 91 0.75 mm² White 3070
2 GND ­C824:13 ­W145 67 1.00 mm² Blue 3795 2 GND ­C824:18 ­W145 70 1.00 mm² Blue 3845 2 GND ­C846:4 ­W145 101 1.00 mm² Blue 2855 2 GND ­C846:7 ­W145 106 1.00 mm² Blue 2905

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 18­2­2015
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY! _
Approve
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
Description

Search item in SmartViewer
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

to see updated information. Location

+H_cp_INT1
Higher Level Assignment
Derived from

following page
Previous item
5032740
page number Format item number
Wire harness left side tailgate

drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 51_1 50_4 OF  68 A3 5036493 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

120 mm 120 mm X
/51_2.A2
Dual controls ETB lift
DT06­6S­CE05 From tailgate harness

A
HD10­9­1939PE ­C868 Dual controls ETB lift ­C868 ­C780 A
150 mm *6/6 *6/6
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
­C35 Diagnostic connector module CR7032 1 24pulsR ­SP9:1 ­W146 128 0.75 mm² White 610 Added!
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 2 1273 ­SP7:1 ­W146 123 0.75 mm² White 690
A GND ­C268:13 ­W146 87 1.00 mm² Blue 2660 3 1269 ­SP8:1 ­W146 124 0.75 mm² White 650 C418 deleted DT06­4S­CE05
B (1)­24 ­C268:4 ­W146 86 1.00 mm² Red 2660 4 1362 ­SP4:1 ­W146 120 0.75 mm² White 770 Q149R ­ Jack down right Q108R ­ Tailgate locked R
C Low#3 ­C843:1 ­W146 81 0.75 mm² Green 2020 5 1280 ­SP5:1 ­W146 122 0.75 mm² White 730 ­C420 ­C113 Q108R ­ Tailgate locked R
D High#3 ­C843:9 ­W146 82 0.75 mm² Yellow 2020 6
*4/4 ­C113 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
175 mm *4/4
E 1750 ­C103:8 ­W146 88 1.00 mm² Red 2070 DT06­4S­CE05 1 (1)­24 ­C827:6 ­W146 108 1.00 mm² Red 1130
F 2 1124 ­C268:1 ­W146 96 0.75 mm² White 910
G RSGND ­C420 Q149R ­ Jack down right 3
H TxD ­C843:10 ­W146 83 0.75 mm² Orange 2020 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Added! 4 GND ­C827:18 ­W146 109 1.00 mm² Blue 1130
B B
J RxD ­C843:11 ­W146 84 0.75 mm² Grey 2020 1 (1)­24 ­C827:2 ­W146 102 1.00 mm² Red 1425 Q29 ­ Guide flap position DT06­4S­CE05
DT06­2S­CE05 2 1456 ­C826:17 ­W146 100 0.75 mm² White 1470
Diagnostic connector module CR7032 3 ­C31 ­C31 Q29 ­ Guide flap position
­C168 Support jack up R / Tilting arm up 4 GND ­C847:6 ­W146 107 1.00 mm² Blue 400
200 mm *4/4
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length DT06­12SA­CE05 1 (1)­24 ­C827:4 ­W146 79 1.00 mm² Red 1330
D Splice connector GND
1 1314 ­C843:12 ­W146 97 0.75 mm² White 3120 C 2 1041 ­C268:12 ­W146 23 0.75 mm² White 1110
2 GND ­C847:3 ­W146 104 1.00 mm² Blue 2955 ­C35 B A E ­C847 Splice connector GND 3 GND ­C268:14 ­W146 80 1.00 mm² Blue 1110
*9/9 250 mm
DT06­2S­CE05 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 4
F 1 GND ­C103:12 ­W146 2 1.00 mm² Blue 665 DT06­12SB­CE05
­C79 Lift up R valve A side J
H
2 GND ­C267:2 ­W146 103 1.00 mm² Blue 1350 ­C847
G
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 3 GND ­C168:2 ­W146 104 1.00 mm² Blue 2955
225 mm *12/12 ­C106 Control panel cp­INT2

C
1 1099 ­C843:8 ­W146 57 0.75 mm² White 3070 4 GND ­C169:2 ­W146 105 1.00 mm² Blue 2805 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length C
2 GND ­C827:13 ­W146 67 1.00 mm² Blue 3930 D 5 Control panel cp­INT2 1 1094 ­C269:1 ­W146 31 0.75 mm² White 1215
6 GND ­C420:4 ­W146 107 1.00 mm² Blue 400 2 1093 ­C269:3 ­W146 32 0.75 mm² White 1215
Support jack up R / Tilting arm up Lift up R valve 7 GND ­C173:2 ­W146 116 1.00 mm² Blue 525 3 1284 ­C269:12 ­W146 36 0.75 mm² White 1215
8 4 1351 ­C269:15 ­W146 37 0.75 mm² White 1215
­C168 ­C79 9 ­C106
D 5 1280 ­SP5:1 ­W146 121 0.75 mm² White 710
*2/2 200 mm *2/2 150 mm 250 mm *12/12
10 6 1282 ­C268:15 ­W146 24 0.75 mm² White 1160
11 From panel harness D 7 1362 ­SP4:1 ­W146 119 0.75 mm² White 750
12 8 1363 ­C826:15 ­W146 41 0.75 mm² White 1425
Connection GCB panel on ETB arm 9 1273 ­SP7:1 ­W146 125 0.75 mm² White 670
Supp. jack down R /  Tilting arm down Lift down R valve 10 1269 ­SP8:1 ­W146 126 0.75 mm² White 630
D 11 1017 ­SP6:1 ­W146 95 0.75 mm² White 790
D ­C169 ­C78 ­C707 D 12 D
150 mm

*2/2 200 mm *2/2 150 mm *6/6


DT06­12SA­CE05
DT06­6S­CE05
Control panel cp­INT2 ­C28 Control panel cp­INT2
1380 mm

­C173 Joystick ACB lift No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
Joystick ACB lift
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 1 (1)­24 ­C268:2 ­W146 3 1.00 mm² Red 1210
DT06­2S­CE05 1 (1)­24 ­C826:9 ­W146 117 1.00 mm² Red 1595 2 1251 ­C103:2 ­W146 42 0.75 mm² White 620
2 GND ­C847:7 ­W146 116 1.00 mm² Blue 525 ­C173 ­C28 3 1248 ­C103:3 ­W146 43 0.75 mm² White 620
­C169 Supp. jack down R /  Tilting arm down 3 1324 ­C826:12 ­W146 112 0.75 mm² White 1595
300 mm *6/6 300 mm *12/12
4 1250 ­C103:4 ­W146 44 0.75 mm² White 620
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 4 1323 ­C826:11 ­W146 110 0.75 mm² White 1595 5 1252 ­C103:5 ­W146 45 0.75 mm² White 620
1 1315 ­C103:7 ­W146 98 0.75 mm² White 3020 5 1142 ­SP3:1 ­W146 115 0.75 mm² White 1000 6 1216 ­C269:5 ­W146 33 0.75 mm² White 1265
1000 mm
2 GND ­C847:4 ­W146 105 1.00 mm² Blue 2805 6 7 24pulsR ­SP9:1 ­W146 127 0.75 mm² White 640
E
DT06­2S­CE05 Added! 8 1257 ­C268:5 ­W146 21 0.75 mm² White 1210
E

9 1258 ­C268:7 ­W146 22 0.75 mm² White 1210


­C78 Lift down R valve B side 10 1039 ­C269:11 ­W146 35 0.75 mm² White 1265
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 11 1217 ­C269:17 ­W146 91 0.75 mm² White 1265
1 1611 ­C843:7 ­W146 56 0.75 mm² White 2920 13 3 12 GND ­C268:16 ­W146 11 0.75 mm² Blue 1210
2 GND ­C827:14 ­W146 68 1.00 mm² Blue 3780 Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 25­9­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
_
_
Approve K. de Jong
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F

Search item in SmartViewer Location
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Derived from Previous item
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Wire harness right side tailgate

to see updated information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+H_cp_INT2
Higher Level Assignment

=Tailgate
following page

51_2
5032795
page number

51_1 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5035838
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

This part of the wire harness requires NO looming! 120 mm
X X
/51_1.A19 /51_3.A2
DT06­4S­CE05
Connection to tailgate harness
A 1 ­C147 Q22aR ­ Safety guard down Ra A

2 DT04­12PB­CE07 Q22aR ­ Safety guard down Ra No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C269:2 ­W146 4 1.00 mm² Red 875
­C843 ­C843 Connection to tailgate harness ­C147 2 1105 ­C268:3 ­W146 52 0.75 mm² White 820
150 mm *12/12 150 mm *4/4
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 3
1 Low#3 ­C35:C ­W146 81 0.75 mm² Green 2020 4 GND ­C269:13 ­W146 9 1.00 mm² Blue 875
D 2 1324 ­C198:2 ­W146 39 0.75 mm² White 520 DT06­4S­CE05
3 1323 ­C197:2 ­W146 38 0.75 mm² White 495
4 1106 ­C68:3 ­W146 53 0.75 mm² White 445 Q22bR ­ Safety guard down Rb ­C68 Q22bR ­ Safety guard down Rb
5 1220 ­C193:3 ­W146 54 0.75 mm² White 470 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
6 1222 ­C193:6 ­W146 55 0.75 mm² White 470 ­C68 1 (1)­24 ­C269:4 ­W146 62 1.00 mm² Red 900
175 mm *4/4
7 1611 ­C78:1 ­W146 56 0.75 mm² White 2920 2
B B
8 1099 ­C79:1 ­W146 57 0.75 mm² White 3070 3 1106 ­C843:4 ­W146 53 0.75 mm² White 445
Connection to tailgate harness 9 High#3 ­C35:D ­W146 82 0.75 mm² Yellow 2020 4 GND ­C269:14 ­W146 65 1.00 mm² Blue 900
10 TxD ­C35:H ­W146 83 0.75 mm² Orange 2020 Q131R ­ Analogue rotation sensor R DTM06­6S­E005
11 RxD ­C35:J ­W146 84 0.75 mm² Grey 2020
12 1314 ­C168:1 ­W146 97 0.75 mm² White 3120 ­C193 Q131R ­ Analogue rotation sensor R
­C103 DT04­12PA­CE07 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
200 mm *12/12 200 mm
1 GND ­C827:16 ­W146 60 1.00 mm² Blue 1090
­C103 Connection to tailgate harness ­C193 2 (1)­24 ­C269:9 ­W146 89 1.00 mm² Red 925
*6/6
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 3 1220 ­C843:5 ­W146 54 0.75 mm² White 470
1 (1)­24 ­C267:1 ­W146 1 1.00 mm² Red 1085 Q44 ­ Distance sensor 1 R 4 GND ­C269:18 ­W146 61 1.00 mm² Blue 925
2 1251 ­C28:2 ­W146 42 0.75 mm² White 620 5 (1)­24 ­C269:8 ­W146 64 1.00 mm² Red 925

C
3 1248 ­C28:3 ­W146 43 0.75 mm² White 620 6 1222 ­C843:6 ­W146 55 0.75 mm² White 470 C
4 1250 ­C28:4 ­W146 44 0.75 mm² White 620 DTM06­6S­E005
225 mm
5 1252 ­C28:5 ­W146 45 0.75 mm² White 620
6 1091 ­C107:12 ­W146 47 0.75 mm² White 450 ­C197 ­C197 Q44 ­ Distance sensor 1 R
CJB2 ­ Connector box right side *6/6
7 1315 ­C169:1 ­W146 98 0.75 mm² White 3020 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
8 1750 ­C35:E ­W146 88 1.00 mm² Red 2070 Distance sensor 2 R 1 (1)­24 ­C268:6 ­W146 5 1.00 mm² Red 895

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Search item in SmartViewer
to see updated information.
9 Low#1 ­SP1:1 ­W146 71 0.75 mm² Green 700 2 1323 ­C843:3 ­W146 38 0.75 mm² White 495
10 High#1 ­SP2:1 ­W146 74 0.75 mm² Yellow 740 3 GND ­C826:16 ­W146 19 1.00 mm² Blue 1160
­C107 11 1137 ­C107:8 ­W146 48 0.75 mm² White 450 4
250 mm *12/12 250 mm
12 GND ­C847:1 ­W146 2 1.00 mm² Blue 665 5
DT06­12SA­CE05 ­C198 6
*6/6
DTM06­6S­E005
D ­C107 CJB2 ­ Connector box right side D

No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length Q111R ­ Footboard pos. R ­C198 Distance sensor 2 R
1 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
2 1233 ­C826:1 ­W146 46 0.75 mm² White 1305 ­C152 1 (1)­24 ­C268:8 ­W146 6 1.00 mm² Red 920
275 mm *4/4
3 1209 ­C827:5 ­W146 27 0.75 mm² White 1260 2 1324 ­C843:2 ­W146 39 0.75 mm² White 520
4 3 GND ­C826:18 ­W146 20 1.00 mm² Blue 1185
5 1139 ­C826:3 ­W146 49 0.75 mm² White 1305 4
CJB2 ­ Connector box right side 6 1142 ­SP3:1 ­W146 114 0.75 mm² White 710 5
7 1133 ­C827:7 ­W146 92 0.75 mm² White 1260 Q6R ­ Footboard R 6
8 1137 ­C103:11 ­W146 48 0.75 mm² White 450 DT06­4S­CE05
­C239 9 1138 ­C826:5 ­W146 77 0.75 mm² White 1305 ­C9
300 mm *6/6
10 1140 ­C826:7 ­W146 78 0.75 mm² White 1305
300 mm *4/4 ­C152 Q111R ­ Footboard pos. R
E E
11 1143 ­C827:1 ­W146 26 0.75 mm² White 1260 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
12 1091 ­C103:6 ­W146 47 0.75 mm² White 450 1 (1)­24 ­C269:6 ­W146 63 1.00 mm² Red 1000
D 2 1017 ­SP6:1 ­W146 51 0.75 mm² White 575
3
DT06­6S­CE05 DT06­4S­CE05 4 GND ­C269:16 ­W146 66 1.00 mm² Blue 1000

Used Standards Approvals Owner


­C239 CJB2 ­ Connector box right side ­C9 Q6R ­ Footboard R Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
No.
1
signal target
(1)­24 ­C826:2
cable core cross­sec. colour
­W146 13 1.00 mm² Red
length
1355
No.
1
signal target
(1)­24 ­C268:10
cable core cross­sec. colour
­W146 8 1.00 mm² Red
length
970
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu
K. de Jong
3­4­2014
GEESINKNORBA
2 (1)­24 ­C826:4 ­W146 14 1.00 mm² Red 1355 2 1128 ­C827:11 ­W146 29 0.75 mm² White 1190 This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
Description

3 (1)­24 ­C826:6 ­W146 15 1.00 mm² Red 1355 3 GND ­C268:18 ­W146 12 1.00 mm² Blue 970 demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
4 (1)­24 ­C826:8 ­W146 16 1.00 mm² Red 1355 4 Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
5 GND ­C826:13 ­W146 17 1.00 mm² Blue 1355
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
6 GND ­C826:14 ­W146 18 1.00 mm² Blue 1355 GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness right side tailgate
+H_cp_INT2 _ 5032795
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 51_3 51_2 OF  68 A3 5035838 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

929504­2 929504­6

X1
/51_2.A19
X
FOR INFORMATION ONLY! ­C267
No.
I/O module 4
signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
­C826
No.
I/O module 3
signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
1 (1)­24 ­C103:1 ­W146 1 1.00 mm² Red 1085 1 1233 ­C107:2 ­W146 46 0.75 mm² White 1305
A

Search item in SmartViewer 2 GND
3 (1)­24
­C847:2
­C825:1
­W146
­W146
103
7
1.00 mm²
1.00 mm²
Blue
Red
1350
575
2 (1)­24
3 1139
­C239:1
­C107:5
­W146
­W146
13
49
1.00 mm² Red
0.75 mm² White
1355
1305
A

4 GND ­C825:2 ­W146 10 1.00 mm² Blue 575 4 (1)­24 ­C239:2 ­W146 14 1.00 mm² Red 1355

to see updated information. 5 Low#1
6 High#1
­SP1:1
­SP2:1
­W146
­W146
72
75
0.75 mm² Green
0.75 mm² Yellow
385
345
5 1138
6 (1)­24
­C107:9
­C239:3
­W146
­W146
77
15
0.75 mm² White
1.00 mm² Red
1305
1355
929504­6 7 1140 ­C107:10 ­W146 78 0.75 mm² White 1305
8 (1)­24 ­C239:4 ­W146 16 1.00 mm² Red 1355
­C269 I/O module 4 X2 9 (1)­24 ­C173:1 ­W146 117 1.00 mm² Red 1595
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 10
1 1094 ­C106:1 ­W146 31 0.75 mm² White 1215 D 11 1323 ­C173:4 ­W146 110 0.75 mm² White 1595
2 (1)­24 ­C147:1 ­W146 4 1.00 mm² Red 875 D 12 1324 ­C173:3 ­W146 112 0.75 mm² White 1595
3 1093 ­C106:2 ­W146 32 0.75 mm² White 1215 13 GND ­C239:5 ­W146 17 1.00 mm² Blue 1355
B I/O module 3 B
4 (1)­24 ­C68:1 ­W146 62 1.00 mm² Red 900 14 GND ­C239:6 ­W146 18 1.00 mm² Blue 1355
5 1216 ­C28:6 ­W146 33 0.75 mm² White 1265 15 1363 ­C106:8 ­W146 41 0.75 mm² White 1425
6 (1)­24 ­C152:1 ­W146 63 1.00 mm² Red 1000 16 GND ­C197:3 ­W146 19 1.00 mm² Blue 1160 ­C826
I/O module 4 *18/18 235 mm
7 1280 ­SP5:1 ­W146 34 0.75 mm² White 505 17 1456 ­C420:2 ­W146 100 0.75 mm² White 1470
8 (1)­24 ­C193:5 ­W146 64 1.00 mm² Red 925 18 GND ­C198:3 ­W146 20 1.00 mm² Blue 1185
­C267 9 (1)­24 ­C193:2 ­W146 89 1.00 mm² Red 925 929504­6
245 mm *6/6
10
11 1039 ­C28:10 ­W146 35 0.75 mm² White 1265 ­C827 I/O module 3 X2
I/O module 3
12 1284 ­C106:3 ­W146 36 0.75 mm² White 1215 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
13 GND ­C147:4 ­W146 9 1.00 mm² Blue 875 1 1143 ­C107:11 ­W146 26 0.75 mm² White 1260
I/O module 4 ­C827
14 GND ­C68:4 ­W146 65 1.00 mm² Blue 900 2 (1)­24 ­C420:1 ­W146 102 1.00 mm² Red 1425
*18/18 190 mm
C
15 1351 ­C106:4 ­W146 37 0.75 mm² White 1215 3 1142 ­SP3:1 ­W146 90 0.75 mm² White 550 C
­C269 16 GND ­C152:4 ­W146 66 1.00 mm² Blue 1000 4 (1)­24 ­C31:1 ­W146 79 1.00 mm² Red 1330
205 mm *18/18
17 1217 ­C28:11 ­W146 91 0.75 mm² White 1265 5 1209 ­C107:3 ­W146 27 0.75 mm² White 1260
18 GND ­C193:4 ­W146 61 1.00 mm² Blue 925 D 6 (1)­24 ­C113:1 ­W146 108 1.00 mm² Red 1130
929504­6 7 1133 ­C107:7 ­W146 92 0.75 mm² White 1260
I/O module 3
8
I/O module 4 ­C268 I/O module 4 X1 9
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 10 ­C825
­C268 D 1 1124 ­C113:2 ­W146 96 0.75 mm² White 910 11 1128 ­C9:2 ­W146 29 0.75 mm² White 1190
*6/6 150 mm
150 mm *18/18
2 (1)­24 ­C28:1 ­W146 3 1.00 mm² Red 1210 D 12 1017 ­SP6:1 ­W146 118 0.75 mm² White 590
3 1105 ­C147:2 ­W146 52 0.75 mm² White 820 13 GND ­C79:2 ­W146 67 1.00 mm² Blue 3930
4 (1)­24 ­C35:B ­W146 86 1.00 mm² Red 2660 14 GND ­C78:2 ­W146 68 1.00 mm² Blue 3780
D 5 1257 ­C28:8 ­W146 21 0.75 mm² White 1210 15 1362 ­SP4:1 ­W146 40 0.75 mm² White 630 D

6 (1)­24 ­C197:1 ­W146 5 1.00 mm² Red 895 16 GND ­C193:1 ­W146 60 1.00 mm² Blue 1090
7 1258 ­C28:9 ­W146 22 0.75 mm² White 1210 D 17 1269 ­SP8:1 ­W146 94 0.75 mm² White 750
8 (1)­24 ­C198:1 ­W146 6 1.00 mm² Red 920 D 18 GND ­C113:4 ­W146 109 1.00 mm² Blue 1130
D 9 (1)­24 929504­2
10 (1)­24 ­C9:1 ­W146 8 1.00 mm² Red 970
11 1273 ­SP7:1 ­W146 93 0.75 mm² White 490 ­C825 I/O module 3
12 1041 ­C31:2 ­W146 23 0.75 mm² White 1110 No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
13 GND ­C35:A ­W146 87 1.00 mm² Blue 2660 1 (1)­24 ­C267:3 ­W146 7 1.00 mm² Red 575
100 mm

14 GND ­C31:3 ­W146 80 1.00 mm² Blue 1110 2 GND ­C267:4 ­W146 10 1.00 mm² Blue 575
15 1282 ­C106:6 ­W146 24 0.75 mm² White 1160 3
16 GND ­C28:12 ­W146 11 0.75 mm² Blue 1210 4
E E
17 24pulsR ­SP9:1 ­W146 25 0.75 mm² White 570 5 Low#1 ­SP1:1 ­W146 73 0.75 mm² Green 470
18 GND ­C9:3 ­W146 12 1.00 mm² Blue 970 6 High#1 ­SP2:1 ­W146 76 0.75 mm² Yellow 430

40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 100 mm 180 mm
24pulsR

High#1
1269

1273

1280

1362

1017

1142

Low#1
­SP9

­SP8

­SP7

­SP5

­SP4

­SP6

­SP3

­SP2

Approvals Owner
­SP1

Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date

This part of the wire harness requires NO looming!
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu
K. de Jong
17­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness right side tailgate
+H_cp_INT2 _ 5032795
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 53 51_3 OF  68 A3 5035838 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

DT06­4S­CE05 +Integrated
Pick­ up safety left ­C141l Pick­ up safety left
DT04­4P­CE01 +Integrated No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
­C141l 1 (1)­24 ­SP20:1 ­W50 2 1.00 mm² Red 100
B B
­C141 Connect to connector box Connect to connector box 80 mm *4/4
2 1131 ­C141:2 ­W50 4 1.00 mm² White 200
No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length 3
1 (1)­24 ­SP20:1 ­W50 1 1.00 mm² Red 100 ­C141 4
*4/4 100 mm 20 mm
2 1131 +Integrated­C141l:2 ­W50 4 1.00 mm² White 200 DT06­4S­CE05
3 Pick­up safety right

(1)­24
1141 ­C141r:2 ­W50 5 1.00 mm² White 200

­SP20
4 ­C141r Pick­up safety right
­C141r No. signal target cable core cross­sec. colour length
80 mm *4/4
1 (1)­24 ­SP20:1 ­W50 3 1.00 mm² Red 100
2 1141 ­C141:3 ­W50 5 1.00 mm² White 200
3
4
C C

D D

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 10­9­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY! _
Approve
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
Description

Search item in SmartViewer
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

to see updated information. Location

+GCB
Higher Level Assignment
Derived from

following page
Previous item

page number Format item number


Wire harness extension GCB weighing

drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Lifting frame 60 53 OF  68 A3 5028734 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

­C99
*21/21
A 80 A

­C211
*55/55
+EndRes
­R3
*3/3
­C789
*3/3
­C201 ­C201
40 ­C6 ­C6
*12/12 *12/12 *12/12 *12/12
­R4 ­C788
*3/3 *3/3
1007377

­C848 ­C848 ­C62 ­C3


130 *4/4 *4/4 *4/4 *12/12
B B
­C262
*4/4

­C819 ­C819 ­C435 50 ­C13 ­C13


30 *12/12 *12/12 *4/4 *4/4 *4/4

­C145 ­C840 ­C840


*4/4 20 *6/6 *6/6
10
20 ­C844
*6/6
­C844
*6/6
­C175
*4/4
­C175
*4/4
­C839
*6/6
­C839
*6/6
60

­C821 ­C821 ­C787 ­C787


C
*12/12 *12/12 40 *12/12 *12/12
C

­C531
30 ­C820 ­C820 120 ­R2 ­C794
*6/6

*12/12 *12/12 *3/3 *3/3

­C783 ­C783
70 *3/3 *3/3

­C817 ­C817 ­C502


*12/12 *12/12
100 *4/4

­C530
*4/4
110
D ­C818 ­C818 ­C874 ­C874 D
*12/12 *12/12 *2/2 *2/2

90
­C271
*6/6

­C272
­C270

*18/18

*18/18

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

­C84

­C81

90
*2/2

*2/2
*2/2

*2/2

*2/2
­C803 ­C808

­C802 ­C807

­C85

Search item in SmartViewer
*2/2

*2/2
­C83

­C80

E E

to see updated information.
*2/2

*2/2

­C801
*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

*2/2

*2/2
­C802

­C82
­C803

­C809

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date

GEESINKNORBA
­C806

­C805

Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
Drawn I. Bradeanu 2­4­2014
*4/4

*4/4

_
Approve
50
*4/4
­C804

Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
*4/4

*4/4

demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
­C97
*21/21 is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).

­C98 Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body with extra parts


+HBody *21/21 +ExtraHBody 5032709
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 61 60 OF  68 A3 5036392 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

40 ­C99
*21/21
A A

20 ­C845
*4/4 *4/4
­C24
*6/6
50 ­C838 ­C838
*6/6 *6/6
­C32
*2/2
­C65
*12/12
­C75
10
*2/2
­R1 ­C291 ­C834 ­C834
*3/3 *3/3 *12/12 *12/12
­C33
*2/2
­R3 ­C789 ­C202
*3/3 *3/3 *12/12 *12/12
­C74
B B
*2/2
­R4 ­C788 ­C162
*3/3 *3/3
­C34 60 *2/2
*2/2

­C266
*55/55
50 ­C835
*12/12 *12/12

­C836 ­C836
*6/6 *6/6
­C831
*12/12 *12/12
C
­C832 ­C832 C
*6/6 *6/6

­C128 ­C128
*4/4 *4/4

­C61
*4/4

­C59
*4/4 60
­C52
40 *4/4

D D

30
­C842 ­C843
*12/12 *12/12

­C102 ­C103
*12/12 *12/12

­C780 ­C780
+HTail *6/6 *6/6

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
Drawn I. Bradeanu 31­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
_
_
Approve
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
F

Search item in SmartViewer Location
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of:
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Derived from Previous item
Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
Wire harness tailgate (extra parts)

to see updated information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
+ExtraHTail
Higher Level Assignment

=Tailgate
following page

62
5032722
page number

61 OF  68
Format

A3
item number

5036413
drawing number

5023682
Revision

D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Wire harness tailgate
coming from this side
30 30
A A

9 10 11 12
­C146 ­C146 ­C842 ­C159 ­C159 C417 deleted
*4/4 *4/4 *12/12 *4/4 *4/4

­C67 ­C67 ­C844 ­C844 ­C419 ­C419


*4/4 *4/4 *6/6 *6/6 *4/4 *4/4

­C822 ­C264 ­C194 ­C102 ­C114

350
*6/6 *18/18 *6/6 *12/12 *4/4
module 2

­C824 ­C265 ­C195 ­C195 ­C846 ­C846


module 1

*18/18 *18/18 *6/6 *6/6


40 *12/12 *12/12

­C823 ­C263 ­C196 ­C196 ­C20 ­C154


B
*18/18 *6/6 *6/6 *6/6 *12/12
50 *12/12
70 B

­C150 ­C150 ­C160 ­C160


*4/4 *4/4 *4/4 *4/4

­C8 ­C238 60 ­C21


*4/4 *6/6 *12/12

30
20
180
10 100 70 120 120 120
C C

­C76 ­C87 ­C87 ­C163 ­C163 ­C166 ­C166


*2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

­C77 ­C88 ­C88 ­C164 ­C164 ­C167 ­C167


*2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

D D

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
9 10 11 12
E module 1  module 2  Search item in SmartViewer E

to see updated information.
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 7­4­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness left side tailgate (extra parts)
+H_cp_INT1 5032789
(SK08792)
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 63 62 OF  68 A3 5036497 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Wire harness tailgate
coming from this side

A A

13 C418 deleted 3 2 1 30
­C868 ­C868 ­C843 ­C147 ­C147
*6/6 *6/6 *12/12 *4/4 *4/4

­C420
*4/4
­C420
*4/4
70 ­C113
*4/4
­C68
*4/4
­C68
*4/4

­C31 ­C103 ­C193 ­C193

­C847 ­C847
*4/4 *12/12

­C197
*6/6 *6/6

­C197
40 ­C267
*6/6
­C826
*18/18
*12/12 *12/12 *6/6 *6/6

module 4

module 3
­C106 ­C107 ­C107 10 ­C198 ­C198
50 ­C269
*18/18
­C827
*18/18
B B
*12/12 *12/12 *12/12 *6/6 *6/6
­C268 ­C825
90 ­C152
*4/4
­C152
*4/4
60 *18/18 *6/6

­C173
*6/6
­C173
*6/6
70
­C28
*12/12
­C239
*6/6
­C239
*6/6
70 ­C9
*4/4

120 120 120 170

20 20
80
C C

­C168 ­C168 ­C79 ­C79


*2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

­C169 ­C169 ­C78 ­C78


*2/2 *2/2 *2/2 *2/2

­C35
*9/9

D D

13 3 2 1
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
E

module 4 module 3 Search item in SmartViewer E

to see updated information.
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 11­9­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness right side tailgate (extra parts)
+H_cp_INT2 5032797
(SK08792) Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 71 63 OF  68 A3 5035839 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A A

CAN­bus #1

B Tailgate panel B

Tailgate I/O mod I/O mod

Front body I/O mod

C C

Master
Display I/O mod

I/O mod

Pneum.
D D

I/O mod I/O mod

Tailgate panel

E E

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 20­8­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item CAN­bus overview

Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 80 71 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

POWER SIGNALS

2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6

­C11

10/12
11/12
12/12
­C10

1/12
1/6

2/12
3/12
4/12
5/12
6/12
7/12
8/12
9/12
A A

B B

C C
­C2

­C3

­C4

­C5

­C6

­C7

­C8

­C9
­C1

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4

2/4
3/4
4/4
1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Sensor 4 Sensor 5 Sensor 6 Sensor 7 Sensor 8 Sensor 9
Ctrl. uncoupled (L)
Splitlift Start lift B DIN lifting arm * Pick­up safety Ctrl. coupled (R) Ctrl Bin rim lock A Ctrl bin rim lock B GD lifting arm* GE lifting arm* Start lift A

GCB Start lift B * DIN lifting arm * Pick­up safety (L+R) * 4­wheel container GD lifting arm* GE lifting arm* Start lift A*

D D

C20
E E
9
C238

6
7
8

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
5 Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date

3
4 Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 10­9­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
2 This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
1
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Functions on connector box lifting frame

Left side Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 43_7 80 OF  68 A3 _ 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Signal Low#1 Signal Low#3
­C98 ­C99 ­C839 ­C211
A K/21 64 73 80 P/21 5/6 77 27/55 155 A
0.75 mm² Green

Low#1

Low#1
325 mm

­SP304

­SP306
­C201 ­C201 ­C99
9/12 75 5/12 154 178 156 U/21
0.75 mm² Green

Low#3

Low#3
275 mm

­SP317

­SP312
­C211
29/55 82
­C270
5/6 71

­C211
28/55 149

B
Signal High#1 Signal High#3 B

­C98 ­C99 ­C839 ­C211


J/21 65 72 81 R/21 4/6 76 45/55 152
0.75 mm² Yellow

High#1

High#1
325 mm

­SP305

­SP307
­C201 ­C201 ­C99
10/12 74 6/12 151 179 153 V/21
0.75 mm² Yellow

High#3

High#3
375 mm

­SP318

­SP313
­C270 ­C211
6/6 70 47/55 83

­C211
46/55 146
C C

Signal Low#4 Signal Video
­C201 ­C99
7/12 183 185 187 W/21
0.75 mm² Green
­C531 ­C98
1/6 Coax V/21
Low#4

Low#4

100 mm
­SP319

­SP321

­C530 ­C211
2/4 184 26/55 186

D Signal Shd D
Signal High#4
­C531 ­C98
2/6 177 59 P/21
­C201 ­C99
8/12 188 190 192 X/21

SHD

SHD
­SP316

­SP315
0.75 mm² Yellow
High#4

High#4

100 mm
­SP320

­SP322

­C530 ­C211
3/4 189 44/55 191

Signal L­Chs Signal H­Chs
FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
E

173
­C787
7/12 171
­C787
8/12
Search item in SmartViewer E

­C98
H/21 47 174
­C794
A/3
­C98
F/21 44 172
­C794
B/3 to see updated information.
L­Chs

H­Chs
­SP302

Approvals Owner
­SP301

Used Standards
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu
K. de Jong
1­4­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness body ­ circuit views
+HBody 5023682 5032573
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Body 44_5 43_7 OF  68 A3 5036387 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Signal Low#1

­SP403

­SP405

­SP407

­SP409
A A

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1

Low#1
­C99 ­C202
P/21 1 3 5 7 9 9/12
0.75 mm² Green 0.75 mm² Green 0.75 mm² Green
2060 mm 3415 mm 1950 mm

20
2

8
­C103

­C266

­C266

­C102

­C65
32/55

25/55
9/12

9/12

9/12
B B

Signal High#1
­SP404

­SP406

­SP408

­SP410
High#1

High#1

High#1

High#1
­C99 ­C202
R/21 10 12 14 16 18 10/12
0.75 mm² Yellow 0.75 mm² Yellow 0.75 mm² Yellow
2060 mm 3415 mm 1950 mm

C C
13

23

15

17
11
­C103

­C266

­C266

­C102

­C65
10/12

14/55

26/55

10/12

10/12
Signal 1248
D ­C266 D
19/55
96

­C102 ­C103
3/12 95 97 3/12
1248
­SP401

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
Signal 1250
E

­C266
27/55
Search item in SmartViewer E

to see updated information.
100

Used Standards Approvals Owner


Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
­C102
4/12 99 101
­C103
4/12
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 31­3­2014
GEESINKNORBA
1250

Description
­SP402

This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness tailgate ­ circuit views
+HTail 5032716
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 50_5 44_5 OF  68 A3 5036396 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Signal Low#1
A A

­C263
72 5/6

­C102 ­C822
9/12 71 73 5/6

Low#1
­SP1
Signal High#1
B B
­C263
75 6/6

­C102 ­C822
10/12 74 76 6/6
High#1
­SP2

C C

D D

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
E

Search item in SmartViewer E

to see updated information.
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu 7­4­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness left side tailgate
+H_cp_INT1 5032740
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 51_4 50_5 OF  68 A3 5036493 5023682 D


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Signal Low#1
A A
­C103 ­C267
9/12 71 72 5/6

Low#1
­SP1
­C825
73 5/6

Signal High#1
B B
­C103 ­C267
10/12 74 75 6/6
High#1
­SP2

­C825
76 6/6

C C

D D

FOR INFORMATION ONLY!
E

Search item in SmartViewer E

to see updated information.
Used Standards Approvals Owner
Graphical symbols IEC 60617 name date
Harness manufacturing instruction 609457
_
_
Drawn
Approve
I. Bradeanu
K. de Jong
7­4­2014
GEESINKNORBA
Description
This drawing is provided on a confidential basis subject to return on
demand by GEESINKNORBA, which retains any and all rights
associated with it and the article or articles it represents.
Disclosure, reproduction or alteration of any part of this drawing;
F
or manufacture, use or sale of the article or articles represented,
is prohibited without the prior written authorization of: Circuit diagram GPM IV Split
GEESINKNORBA.  © GEESINKNORBA (unpublished).
Location Derived from Previous item Wire harness right side tailgate
+H_cp_INT2 _ 5032795
Higher Level Assignment following page page number Format item number drawing number Revision

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =Tailgate 51_4 OF  68 A3 5035838 5023682 D

You might also like